Donate
 
   
Select your preferred input and type any Sanskrit or English word. Enclose the word in “” for an EXACT match e.g. “yoga”.
     Grammar Search "asya" has 4 results.
     
asya: masculine genitive singular stem: ayam
asya: neuter genitive singular stem: ayam
asya: Gerund (-ya)as
asya: second person singular present imperative class 4 parasmaipadaas
     Amarakosha Search  
24 results
     
WordReferenceGenderNumberSynonymsDefinition
aurasaḥ2.6.28MasculineSingularurasya
bāhlīkam3.3.9NeuterSingularaśvasyakhuraḥ
ciram2.4.1MasculineSingularcirasya, ciram, cireṇa, cirāt, cirāya, cirarātrāya
dyāvāpṛthivyauFeminineDualrodasī, divaspṛthivyau, rodasyau, dyāvābhūmī
kāmukī2.6.9FeminineSingularvṛṣasyantī
kaṇiśam2.9.21NeuterSingularsasyamañjarī
kiṃśāruḥ2.9.21MasculineSingularsasyaśūkam
kṣattā3.3.69MasculineSingularasarvagocaraḥ, kakṣāntaraḥ, nṛpasya(śuddhāntaḥ)
mandaḥ2.10.18MasculineSingularalasaḥ, a‍nuṣṇaḥ, ‍tundaparimṛjaḥ, ālasya, śītakaḥ
ojaḥ3.3.241NeuterSingularvṛddhaḥ, praśasya
patram3.3.187NeuterSingularmukhāgram(śūkarasya), kroḍam, halam
pauṣaḥMasculineSingularsahasya, taiṣaḥpausha
phalamNeuterSingularsasyam
phālgunaḥMasculineSingulartapasya, phālgunikaḥphalguna
pīḍā1.9.3FeminineSingularamānasyam, prasūtijam, kaṣṭam, bādhā, kṛcchram, vyathā, ābhīlam, duḥkhammental halu
pūjyaḥ3.3.158MasculineSingularyasyayojñātastatraśabdādikam
sālaḥ2.2.44MasculineSingularsasyasaṃvaraḥ, sarjaḥ, kārṣyaḥ, aśvakarṇakaḥ
śīrṣaṇyaḥ2.6.99MasculineSingularśirasya
upalā3.3.207FeminineSingularsasyam, hetukṛtam
viṣayaḥ3.3.160MasculineSingularupasthaḥ, rahasya
nabhasya1.4.17MasculineSingularprauṣṭhapadaḥ, bhādraḥ, bhādrapadaḥfoggy, misty
vayasya2.8.10MasculineSingularsavayā, snigdhaḥ
rahasyam2.8.21MasculineSingular
payasya2.9.52MasculineSingular
     Monier-Williams
          Search  
610 results for asya
     
Devanagari
BrahmiEXPERIMENTAL
asyagran. the point of a knife, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyahatya(or -ha-tya-) gaRa anuśatikādi- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyahatya(See āsyahātya-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyaheti View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyaheti(See /asyahaitika-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyandamāna(or a-spand-) mfn. not gliding away View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyasiind. sword against sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asyavāmīyan. the hymn beginning with the words asy/a vām/asya- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhihasyamfn. ridiculous View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhimanasyaNom. A1. (Opt. -manasy/eta-) "to have the mind directed towards", be pleased with, like View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ābhiśasyan. (fr. abhi-śas-), a sin or offence through which one becomes disgraced View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
abhyavasyandto drive (on a carriage) towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ādaśasyaNom. P. (imperative 2. sg. -daśasya-,2. plural syata-) to honour, be favourable to (accusative) ; (Potential 2. sg. syes-) to present any one with (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
adasyaNom. P. adasyati-, to become that. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āgamarahasyan. Name (also title or epithet) of work (confer, compare -208) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnirahasyan. "mystery of agni-", title of the tenth book of the śatapatha-brāhmaṇa-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
agnirahasyakāṇḍan. Name (also title or epithet) of the 10th (or 12th) book of the View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhanasyan. unchasteness, lasciviousness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āhanasyan. lascivious words, obscenity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
akasyavidmfn. not attending to anything, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālasyan. idleness, sloth, want of energy etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālasyamfn. idle, slothful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ālasyavatmfn. idle, lazy, slothful, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
amānasya equals āmanasya- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmanasyaand āmānasya- n. (fr. a-manas-), pain, suffering View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmikṣāpayasyan. a kind of prātar-doha- (quod vide), View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āmnāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anāhanasyamfn. āhanasyā
anaujasyan. want of vigour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavasyatmfn. unceasing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anavasyatSee an-avasāna-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anenasyan. freedom from fault, sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āñjasyan. (āt-, ena-) ablative instrumental case immediately, unhesitatingly View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
anuptasasyamfn. fallow, meadow (ground, etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apāpavasyasa(/a-pāpa--) n. not a wrong order, no disorder (see pāpa-vasyas/a-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasyaNom. P. (subjunctive sy/āt-) to be active View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasyamf(s/ī-)n. watery, melting, dispersing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apasya apasy/u- See apas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apayasyamfn. without coagulated milk, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aprajasyan. childlessness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
apraśasyamfn. not praiseworthy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
arakṣasyamfn. free from evil spirits View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārasyan. (fr. a-rasa- ), insipidity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ārasyan. want of flavour or spirit. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardharcaśasyamfn. to be recited in hemistichs View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardharcasya(for - ṛc-), n. recitation by half-verses, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ardhasaṃjātasasyamf(ā-)n. having its crops half grown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāmañjasyan. incorrectness commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asāmañjasyan. impropriety, unbecomingness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
asasyamf(ā-)n. not grown with corn, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśravasyaNom. P. (fr. 2. śravas-), to approach with haste, hasten towards View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aśvasyaNom. P. syati-, to wish for the stallion View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āśvasya ind.p. taking heart or confidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
āsyavairasyan. bad taste in the mouth, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atapasyamfn. one who neglects tapas- or the practice of ascetic austerities View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atapasyamfn. an irreligious character. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ātharvaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aticirasyaind. for a very long time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrasyatmfn. not trembling, W. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
atrasyatnot having a flaw (as a gem), . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aujasyamfn. conducive to or increasing vitality or energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aujasyan. vigour, energy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurasyamfn. belonging to or produced from the breast (as a sound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurasyamfn. produced by one's self, own, legitimate (see 1. aurasa-.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
aurjasyan. (fr. ūrjas-), a particular style of composition, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
auśanasyamfn. originating from uśanas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyaNom. P. (parasmE-pada dative case sg. m. avasyate-) to seek favour or assistance View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyaNom. P. See 1. /avas-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyandA1. (parasmE-pada -syandamāna-) to flow or trickle down View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyandanan. (gaRa gahādi- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avasyanditan. (in rhetoric) attributing to one's own words a sense not originally meant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
avidasyamfn. not ceasing, permanent, inexhaustible View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ayaśasyamfn. equals ayaśas-kara- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bādharahasyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahusasyamfn. rich in grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bahusasyam. Name of a village View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bauddhadhikkārarahasyan. Name of Comm. on it. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhagavadgītārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāgavatarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhairavīrahasyavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhārgavakalpavallīcakravidyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāṭṭarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhāvarahasyasāmānyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
bhuvaneśvarīvarivasyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmarahasyasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavaivartarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
brahmavarcasyamf(ā-)n. conferring sanctity or sacred knowledge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cāmasyam. patronymic fr. camas/a- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
canasyaNom. (imperative 2. dual number sy/atam-) to delight in (accusative), enjoy View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caṇḍīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
caurasyakulan. a gang of thieves , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandasyamfn. () taking the form of hymns, metrical, relating to or fit for hymns View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
chandasyamfn. made or done according to one's wish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cidambararahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirasya(asya-) genitive case ind. after a long time, late, at last (varia lectio) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
cirasyaind. for a long time View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dadhyasyaNom. jati- idem or '+ Nom. yati- equals dhīya- ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daśasyaNom. (fr. śas-= Latin decus; confer, compare dāś-and y/aśas-) y/ati- (Impv. y/ā-, ya-;p. y/at-), to render service, serve, worship, favour, oblige (with accusative) ; to accord, do favour to (dative case)
dāsasyakulan. low people, the mob View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daurmanasyan. dejectedness, melancholy, despair View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
daurvacasyan. evil speech View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devarahasyan. divine mystery (see -guhya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devasyatvakamfn. containing the words devasyatvā- (as an adhyāya- or anuvāka-) gaRa goṣad-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
devīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhanasyakam. Asteracantha Longifolia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dharmitāvacchedakarahasyan. Name of work
dhāṭīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dhāturahasyan. Name of work on gramm. roots. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghaniśvasyaind. sighing or having sighed deeply View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dīrghasasyam. "having long fruit", Diospyros Embryopteris View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dravasyaNom. P. yati- (fr. dravas-[ dru-?] gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-), to harass one's self, toil, serve. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durasyaNom. P. y/ati-, to wish to hurt or injure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
durgāmṛtarahasyan. (m-) Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
duvasyaNom. P. y/ati-, to honour, worship, celebrate, reward ; give as a reward, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyacakravartilakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
dvitīyasvalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ekāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
enasyamfn. produced by sin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
enasyamfn. counted a sin or crime, wicked, sinful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gāyatrīrahasyan. Name of work on the gāyatrī-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
gopālarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
grasyamfn. devourable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
haribhaktirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
havanasyadmfn. hastening to an invocation or challenge View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
hetvābhāsarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
irasyaNom. P. irasy/ati-, to show enmity to, be angry or envious ; ([ confer, compare Latin ira,irasci.]) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
iyasya (anomalous Intensive of yas-) A1. iyasyate-, to relax, weaken ; to vanish View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātavedasyamfn. equals sa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātiśasyafor -sasya- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
jātisasyan. equals -kośa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālikārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kālīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaṇādarahasyasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kaularahasyan. "esoteric doctrine of the kaula-s", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṣītakirahasyan. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. = ', ' , View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kauṣītakirahasyabrāhmaṇan. idem or 'n. idem or 'f. idem or 'n. = ', ', ' commentator or commentary on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kautukarahasyan. Name of a comedy. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavirahasyan. "secret of the learned", Name of a collection of roots by halāyudha-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kavitārahasyan. "the secret of style", Name of work on rhetoric View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kevalānvayinrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kokilārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣamasya equals kṣāmāsya- (q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
kṣīrasyaNom. P. syati-, to long for milk or for the breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lakṣaṇāvādarahasyan. Name of work (by mathurā-nātha-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lalitārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
laukikabhānavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
lavaṇasyaNom. P. yati-, to desire salt, long for salt View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
līlāvatīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgakāraṇatāpūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgakāraṇatāsiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
liṅgopahitalaiṅgikabhānanirāsarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
madhvasya P. syati-, to long for honey or anything sweet View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
māhācamasyam. patronymic fr. mahā-camasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mahāvākyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
makhasyaNom. P. sy/ati-, te-, to be cheerful or sprightly ([ see ]) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
manasyaNom. P. A1. sy/ati-, te- (gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-), to have in mind, intend ; to think, reflect View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānasyam. patronymic fr. manas- gaRa gargādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mānavasyaNom. P. (only p. sy/at-), to act like men ("to wish for men") . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantrarahasyaprakāśikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mantriṇīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mātaṃgīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mīmāṃsāsūtrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mithyātvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
mukhavairasyan. a bad taste in the mouth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
muktivādarahasyan. muktivāda
mūlasasyan. an esculent root View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyamfn. foggy, misty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. Name of a month in the rainy season (equals bhādra-,August-September) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. of a son of manu- svārociṣa- or of the 3rd manu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhasyam. of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nabhonabhasyatvan. the state of the rainy months nabhas- and nabhasya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nadasyaNom. A1. śyate- to roar View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namasyaNom. P. yati- (Epic also te-), to pay homage, worship, be humble or deferential (parasmE-pada syat-; ind.p. sya-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
namasyamfn. deserving or paying homage, venerable or humble View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyamfn. belonging to or being in the nose (as-breath) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyan. the hairs in the nose View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyan. a sternutatory, errhine View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyabhairavam. (scilicet rasa-) a particular medicament, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyakarmann. the application of a sternutatory View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nasyavidhim. "rules about sternutatories", Name of chapter of View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navasasyan. the first fruits of the year's harvest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
navyamatarahasyan. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nidrālasya(drāl-) n. sleepiness, long sleeping View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
niḥśvasyaind. having breathed out or sighed, sighing View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirālasyamfn. not slothful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirasyamfn. to be expelled or driven out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nirasyaind. having cast or thrown out, having rejected or expelled etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nṛmaṇasyaNom. A1. syate-, to be kind to men View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyasyamfn. to be laid down or deposited or delivered or appointed to (locative case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyasyaind. having laid down or deposited etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyalīlāvatīprakāśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyalīlāvatīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyamīmāṃsārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
nyāyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ojasyamfn. vigorous, powerful View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pacchaschaḥśasyan. the recitation by pāda-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
padmapādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paiṅginpaiṅgirahasyabrāhmaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paiṭhīnasyam. patronymic View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pājasyan. the region of the belly (of an animal) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pājasyan. the flanks, side View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣahomasamasyavidhānan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pakṣatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pampasyaNom. P. syati-, to feel pain gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi- (varia lectio pap-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
panasyaNom. A1. sy/ate- (P. sy/ati- ), to excite admiration or praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcamīvarivasyārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pāñcarātrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcaśasyaSee -sasya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pañcasasyan. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. dhānya-, mudga-, tila-, yava-, and śveta-sarṣapa- or māṣa-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
papasya varia lectio for pampasya-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parādevīrahasyatantran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyan. the deepest mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyajapasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyasaṃhitāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paramarahasyavādam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
parāmarśagrantharahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśarahasyan. Name of work
parāmarśasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work
parārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pārasyakulīnamfn. equals parasya kuls sādhuh- gaRa pratijanādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
paribhāṣārahasyan. Name of work
pariprasyandA1. -sy/andate- (Aorist P. -/asiṣyadat-), to flow forth or round View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pariśiṣṭaprakāśasyasāramañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pātañjalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyamfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese etc.). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyam. a cat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyam. Name of a son of aṅgiras- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyam. Name of several plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla equals kākolī-, kuṭumbinī-, dugdhikā-etc.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
payasyaNom. P. syati-, to flow, become liquid, (gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-) ; A1. syate- equals next Va1rtt. 1 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pittasyandam. a bilious form of ophthalmia View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pradyumnarahasyan. " pradyumna-'s secret"Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāgabhāvavicārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prākṛtarahasyam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāmāṇyavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasyamfn. to be praised, praiseworthy, excellent, eminent etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasyamfn. to be called happy, to be congratulated (see śaṃsya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasyaind. having praised or commended View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśasyaf. excellence, eminence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
praśnarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandP. A1. -syandati-, te- (often wrong reading for -spand-), to flow forth, run away, dart, fly ; to drive off (in a carriage) : Causal -syandayati-, to make flow View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandam. flowing forth, trickling out View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandanan. idem or 'm. flowing forth, trickling out ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandanan. exudation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandinmfn. oozing forth View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandinmfn. shedding (tears) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prasyandinm. a shower of rain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratijñālakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiṣṭhārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratiyogijñānasyahetutvakhaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pratyakṣaparicchedarahasyan. pratyakṣapariccheda
pratyenasyan. the nearest heirship to (genitive case) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāveśikasyan. the being accessible, accessibility (only a-prāv-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
prāyaścittarahasyan. Name of work
prāyasyamfn. prevalent, predominant View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
priyavayasyam. a dear friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūrvasasyan. earliest-sown grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
pūtinasyan. a disease of the nose causing offensive breath (wrong reading pūta-n-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rābhasyan. (fr. rabhasa-) velocity, impetuosity, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rābhasyan. delight, joy, pleasure View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rādhārahasyakāvyan. Name of poems. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāghavarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
raghupatirahasyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamfn. secret, private, clandestine, concealed, mysterious etc. (syāni romāṇi-,hair on the private parts ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. a secret, any secret doctrine or mystery, any subtle or recondite point, mystical or esoteric teaching etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. an upaniṣad- (See sa-r-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyan. full or abridged Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabhedam. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabhedanan. the disclosure of a secret or mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyabrāhmaṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyachalākṣaran. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyadhārinmfn. one who is in possession of a secret or mystery, initiated into a secret rite or mystery View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyadhāriṇīf. a confidante View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyagānan. equals ūhya-g- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamind. in secret, secretly, privately View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamañjarīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyamātṛkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyanavanītan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyanikṣepam. one who is entrusted with (literally"the deposit of") a secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyapadavīf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyapuraścaraṇavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyarakṣāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasaṃdeśavivaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasaṃrakṣaṇan. the keeping of a secret View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyaṣoḍaśīṭīkāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyātirahasyapuraścaraṇan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayan. the three categories of rāmānuja- and his school (defining the universe as consisting of īśvara-, cit- and a-cit- see ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayacudāmaṇim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayaculukam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayakārikāvyākhyāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayamīmāṃsāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasāram. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayavidhim. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyatrayavyākhyārtham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavibhedam. equals -bheda- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavidmfn. one who knows (the texts called) rahasya-, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rahasyavratan. "mystical vow", the mystic science of obtaining command over magical weapons View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajasyaNom. P. syati-, to become dust, be scattered as dust [ confer, compare Gothic riqizja.] View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajasyamfn. dusty View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rajasyamfn. having the quality rajas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rakṣasyamf(ā-)n. useful for (keeping off) rākṣasa-s, anti-demoniacal (see ) . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ramalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ramalarahasyasārasaṃgraham. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmarahasyan. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rāmāyaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasarahasyan. Name of medical wks. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasyamfn. juicy, tasty, savoury, palatable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasyan. blood (supposed to be produced from chyle) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasyamānamfn. being tasted or perceived ( rasyamānatā -- f.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
rasyamānatāf. rasyamāna
ratirahasyan. "mysteries of love", Name of an erotic work by kokkoka- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratirahasyadīpikāf. Name of another work (prob. a commentator or commentary on the former). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnakośamatarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ratnakośavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
retasyamf(ā-)n. conveying seed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdālokarahasyan. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdānityatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdaparicchedarahasyepūrvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdāprāmāṇyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdarahasyan. Name of two philosophy works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śabdārtharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacanasyaNom. A1. yate-, to treat tenderly, cherish, foster View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacasyaNom. A1. sy/ate-, to receive assistance or care View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sacchandasyamfn. idem or '(s/a--) mfn. equals prec. ' View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadasyam. "present in the sacrificial enclosure", an assessor, spectator, member of an assembly (at a sacrifice), a superintending priest, the seventeenth priest (whose duties according to to the kuṣītakin-s, are merely to look on and correct mistakes) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sadasyam. a person belonging to a learned court-circle View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhāraṇapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sādhāraṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahacārigrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyamfn. mighty, strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyam. the month pauṣa- (December-January) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sahasyacandram. the wintry moon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaktivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmañjasyan. (fr. sam-añjasa-) fitness, propriety, equity, justice (Bombay edition) Scholiast or Commentator (a-s- )
sāmānyābhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmānyaniruktigrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samasyamfn. to be thrown or put together or compounded or combined View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samasyamfn. to be made entire or complete View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmavedarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
samayarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambandharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śambhurahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sambhūyasyaNom. P. syati- gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃdaśasyaNom. P. -daśasyati-, to remit, pardon (a sin) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmanasyan. (fr. sam-manas-) concord, harmony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sāmmanasyan. plural charms to secure harmony View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃnamasyaNom. P. syati-, to show respect or honour, worship View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakāraṇārthāpattipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayakāraṇārthāpattirahasyan. Name of nyāya- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayānumitirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃśayapakṣatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃskārapaddhatirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saṃvyavasyamfn. ( so-) to be decided upon or decreed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saprayogarahasyamfn. possessing secret spells for (their) use (said of magical weapons which are not wielded manually but by repetition of spells) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarahasyamfn. along with the secret or mystical doctrine (id est with the upaniṣad-s ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarahasyamfn. possessing anything secret or mystical View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saralasyandam. equals -drava- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarasyamfn. relating to ponds or lakes View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasyan. (fr. prec.) a cry, shout, call etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sārasyan. abundance of water View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śaratsasyan. autumnal corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasampannasasyamf(ā-)n. having grain or corn provided everywhere View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasasya(ibc.) all kinds of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasasyamf(ā-)n. yielding all kinds of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasasyabhūf. a field yielding all kinds of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasasyavatmfn. (equals -sasya- mfn.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sarvasvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saśasyamfn. wrong reading for -sasya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasasyamf(ā-)n. grown with corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyamfn. (for 2.See) to be recited or treated as a śastra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyamfn. to be praised or celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyamfn. to be wished, desirable, excellent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyan. recitation View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyan. good quality, merit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyamfn. to be cut down or slaughtered or killed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyan. corn, grain (more correctly sasya- q.v) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyan. (of unknown derivation;also written śasya-; in fine compositi or 'at the end of a compound' f(ā-).) corn, grain, fruit, a crop of corn (also plural) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyam. (perhaps incorrect for śasya-) a sort of precious stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyan. a weapon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyan. virtue, merit View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyad equals -sr/ut-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyahanmfn. destroying crops View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyahanm. Name of an evil demon (the son of duḥsaha-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyahantṛm. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyakan. powder (equals cūrṇa-) (Scholiast or Commentator) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śasyakan. varia lectio for sasyaka- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakamfn. possessed of good qualities, perfect in its kind, on View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakam. a sword View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakam. n. a kind of precious stone View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakreṇīf. buying corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyakṣetran. a corn-field View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyamālinmfn. "corn-wreathed", abounding in corn or crops (as the earth) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyamañjarīf. an ear of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyamārinm. "corn-destroying", a kind of rat or large mouse View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyapālam. a field-guarder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyapradamfn. yielding corn, fertile View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyapravṛddhif. the growth of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyapūrṇamfn. full of or grown with corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyarakṣāf. guarding the fields View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyarakṣakam. equals -pāla- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyaśālinmfn. equals -pūrṇa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyasaṃvara m. Vatica or Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyasaṃvaraṇam. Vatica or Shorea Robusta View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyaśīrṣakan. equals -mañjarī- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyaśulikan. an awn of grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyavatmfn. bearing a rich crop View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sasyavedam. the science of agriculture View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣapūrvapakṣagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
satpratipakṣasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyamfn. causing gladness or cheerfulness of mind View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyam. Name of a son of yajñabāhu- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyan. satisfaction of mind, gladness, cheerfulness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyan. right understanding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyan. an offering of flowers placed in the hands of the priest at a śrāddha- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyan. Name of a varṣa- in plakṣa-dvīpa- (ruled by saumanasya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saumanasyavatmfn. cheerful, glad View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurasyan. well-flavouredness, tastiness, savouriness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
saurasyan. used in explaining sauśāmya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyabhicāragrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
savyabhicārasiddhāntagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntalakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhavyāghralakṣaṇarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
siṃhavyāghrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirasyaNom. P. yati- equals śira icchati- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirasyamfn. equals śira iva- gaRa śākhādi- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirasyamfn. belonging to or being on the head (equals śīrṣaṇya-) Va1rtt. 2 View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śirasyam. "the hair of the head", or"clean hair" View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śivatattvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
smṛtisaṃskārarahasyan. Name of work
snātavasyamfn. to be put on after an ablution View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrāddharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravaṇasyam. a proper N. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyaNom. P. y/ati- (only pr. p. y/at-), to wish to praise View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyan. fame, glory, renown View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyan. a glorious deed View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyaNom. P. y/ati-, to be swift, hasten, fly along ; to snatch up View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śravasyamfn. swift, rapid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srotasyamfn. flowing in streams View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srotasyam. a thief. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
srotasyam. Name of śiva- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śrutaprakāśikācāryakṛtarahasyatrayan. Name of vedānta- work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śukarahasyan. Name of an upaniṣad-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śulbarahasyaprakāśam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumakhasyaNom. A1. yate- (only pr. p. y/amāna-), to be very joyous, make merry View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sumanasyaNom. A1. y/ate- (only pr. p. y/amāna-), to be kind or gracious or favourable ; to be in good spirits or cheerful or comfortable View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
sūryasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of Comm. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
susasyamf(-)n. well grown with corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapasyamfn. active, industrious (said of indra-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svapasyaNom. A1. y/ate-, to work well, be active or industrious View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svaprakāśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svārasyan. naturalness, self-evidence View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
svatvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śvovasyasamfn. equals prec. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmalārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
śyāmārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tantasya Intensive taṃs- q.v View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyaNom. syati- () to undergo religious austerities (t/ap-) (A1. see 2. tapasya-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyamf(ā-)n. (fr. t/apas-) produced by heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyamf(ā-)n. belonging to austerity View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyam. () the second month of the season intervening between winter and spring (equals phālguna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyam. arjuna- (equals phālguna-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyam. Name of a son of manu- tāmasa- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyan. the flower of Jasminum multiflorum or pubescens View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tapasyan. devout austerity (?, sye-taken as 1. sg. A1.of 1. tapasya-by ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tāpasyan. ascetism View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tarkarahasyadīpikāf. another Name of guṇākara-'s ṣaḍ-darśana-samuccaya-ṭīkā-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tattvavādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tavasyan. strength, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tejasyamfn. splendid View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tirasyaNom. P. syati-, to disappear gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trāsadasyavam. patronymic fr. trasa-dasyu- (v/a-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
trāsadasyavan. Name of a sāman-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tripājasyamfn. having 3 flanks, . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvacasyamfn. being in the skin View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
tvarāyasyaNom. P. to hurry gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ubhayataḥsasyamfn. yielding a crop in both seasons (as a field) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udasya ind.p. having thrown or cast up etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
udavasya ind.p. concluding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyamf(ā-)n. milking, giving milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyamf(ā-)n. coming from the udder View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūdhasyan. milk View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upānasyakam. Name of indra- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upanyasya ind.p. having put down etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasamasya ind.p. placing or putting upon View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasamasyaadding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
upasaṃśasya ind.p. having recited in addition, adding View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyamfn. pectoral, belonging to or coming from the chest, requiring (exertion of) the chest View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyamfn. produced from one's self, belonging to one's self (as a child) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyam. the female breast View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyam. (in grammar) Name of the h- and visarga- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
urasyaNom. P. urasyati-, to be strong-chested, be strong View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
ūrdhvasasyamf(ā-)n. having high spikes of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣasyamfn. sacred to the dawn () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
uṣasyaNom. (fr. uṣas- gaRa kaṇḍv-ādi- [not in ]) P. uṣasyati-, to grow light, dawn. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vacasya(fr. 1. vacas-) Nom. A1. syate- to be audible, to murmur (said of the sound of the trickling soma-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vacasyamfn. worthy of mention, praise. worthy, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaidyarahasyapaddhatif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaikṛtarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimanasyan. (fr. vi-manas-) dejection, depression, melancholy (also plural) etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaimanasyan. sickness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairasyan. insipidity, bad taste View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairasyan. disagreeableness View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vairasyan. repugnance, disgust of (genitive case locative case,or compound) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśasyan. an abstr. noun fr. viśasi- gaRa brāhmanādi- () View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiśasyan. wrong reading for vaiṣamya- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vājapeyarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcasyamfn. bestowing vital power or vigour View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcasyamfn. relating to varcas- View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varcasyamfn. acting on the excrement, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varivasyaNom. P. sy/ati-, to grant room or space, give relief. concede, permit ; to show favour, wait upon, cherish, tend (parasmE-pada syamāna- equals varivacyita- ) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varivasyārahasyan. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
varṣaphalarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vāsudevarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyamfn. to be put on (See snāta-v-). View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyaiṣṭif. (fr. vasyas-+ iṣṭi-) seeking or desire for the better id est for welfare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyasmfn. equals v/asīyas-, better, more excellent or glorious, wealthier or richer than (ablative) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyasn. increasing wealth or prosperity, welfare View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyasetc. See . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyasaSee pāpa-- and śvo-v-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vasyaṣṭif. (for prec.) attaining to welfare (in a formula) .
vayasyamfn. being of an age or of the same age, contemporary etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyam. a contemporary, associate, companion, friend (often used in familiar address) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyam. (scilicet iṣṭakā-) Name of 19 bricks used for building the sacrificial altar (so called from the word vayas-in the formula of consecration) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyabhāvam. () the condition of being a contemporary, companionship, friendship. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyakam. a contemporary, friend View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyakatvan. companionship, friendship, View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vayasyatvan. () the condition of being a contemporary, companionship, friendship. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyan. "secret doctrine of the vedānta-", Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyadīpikāf. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntarahasyavettṛm. a knower of the secret doctrine of the vedānta-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasudhārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedāntasyamantakam. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedarahasyan. "secret doctrine of the veda-", Name of the upaniṣad-s View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vedasārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veganāśyanāśakabhāvārtharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
veṅkaṭeśarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidasyaSee a-vidasy/a-. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vidhānarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vijayārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vinyasyamfn. to be put or placed upon (upari-) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viralasasyayutamfn. scantily furnished with grain View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhagranthapūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viruddhasiddhāntagrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayalaukikapratyakṣakāryakāraṇabhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣayatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣāvasyakaniryuktif. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśeṣavyāptirahasyan. viśeṣavyāpti
viśiṣṭavaiśiṣṭyabodharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viśiṣṭavaiśiṣṭyabodhavicārarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇubhaktirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇurahasyan. Name of various works. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇutattvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
viṣṇutattvarahasyakhaṇḍanan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
visrasyamfn. to be loosened or untied View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vivāhasiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛndāvanarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣasyaNom. P. yati-, to desire the male, be in heat (said of human beings and animals) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣasyantīf. an amorous or lustful woman View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vṛṣasyantīf. a cow in heat View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyadhikaraṇadharmāvacchinnābhāvarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāhanasyamf(ā-)n. extremely lewd or obscene View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāhanasyaSee . View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptigrahopāyarahasyan. vyāptigraha
vyāptipañcakarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyāptyanugamarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekipūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyatirekisiddhāntarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
vyutpattivādarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yantrarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yarādevīrahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśasyamfn. conferring fame or renown, famous, creditable, glorious etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśasyamfn. honoured, celebrated View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yaśasyamfn. stately, decent View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yasyamfn. to be endeavoured etc. View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yasyamfn. to be killed ( yasyatva -tva- n.) View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yasyatvan. yasya
yavaśasya(for -sasya-) n. a species of corn View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyānupalabdhirahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatāgrantharahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatāpūrvapakṣarahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yogyatārahasyan. Name of work View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
yugorasyam. Name of a particular array of troops View this entry on the original dictionary page scan.
     Apte Search  
11 results
     
andhaka अन्धक a. [अन्ध्-कन्] Blind; अन्धकः कुब्जकश्चैव Pt. 5.91. -कः 1 N. of an Asura, son of Kasyapa and Diti and killed by Śiva. [He is represented as a demon with 1 arms and heads, 2 eyes and feet, and called Andhaka, because he walked like a blind man, though he could see very well; स व्रजत्यन्धवद्यस्मा- दनन्धो$पि हि भारत । तमन्धको$यं नाम्नेति प्रोचुस्तत्र निवासिनः ॥ He was slain by Śiva when he attempted to carry off the Pārijāta tree from heaven; whence Śiva is called Andhakaripu, -ari, -dviṣ &c. According to the Matsya Purāṇa Andhaka was admitted to the class of Gaṇas by Śiva, at his importunities and humble supplication, when he was about to be killed by the god for having attempted to carry off his wife Pārvatī]. -2 N. of a descendant of Yadu and ancestor of Krisna and his descendants, a grandson of Krostu, son of Yudhājit who, together with his brother Vrisni is the ancestor of the celebrated family of Andhakavrisnis; P.IV. 1.114, VI.2.34. -3 N. of a sage, son of Mamatā and of Utathya, elder brother of Bṛihaspati. -Comp. -अरिः -रिपुः, -शत्रुः, -घाति, -असुहृढ् &c. slayer of Andhaka, epithets of Śiva. -वर्तः N. of a mountain. -वृष्णि m. pl. descendants of अन्धक and वृष्णि.
abhyasanam अभ्यसनम् 1 Repetition, repeated practice or exercise; ब्रह्मध्यानाभ्यसनविधिना Bh.3.41; स्वाध्यायाभ्यसनम् Bg. 17.15. -2 Constant study, close application (to anything); (तां) विद्यामभ्यसनेनेव प्रसादयितुमर्हसि R.1.88; अनभ्यसनशीलस्य विद्येव तनुतां गता Rām. अभ्यसनीय abhyasanīya अभ्यस्य abhyasya अभ्यसनीय अभ्यस्य a. pot. p. To be repeated, studied; fit to be studied.
ātreya आत्रेय a. (-यी f.) [अत्रेरपत्यं ढक्] P.IV.1.122 Belonging to, descended or sprung from, Atri. -यः 1 A descendant of Atri. -2 The head of the descendants of Atri. -3 A priest closely related to the Sadasya. -4 An epithet of Śiva. -5 An essential humor or juice of the body, lymph. -यी 1 A female descendant of Atri; गोत्रप्रशंसार्थ- मात्रेय्या अवधसंकीर्तनम् । न चापन्नसत्त्वा आत्रेयी । गोत्रं ह्येतत् । ŚB. on MS.6.1.9. -2 The wife of Atri. -3 A woman in her courses (रजस्वला); Ms.11.87; Y.3.251. -4 Any woman of the Brāhmaṇical order. -5 N. of a river in the north of Bengal, also called Tista. -6 A pregnant woman; Mb.12.165.54; आत्रेयीमापन्नगर्भामाहुः । अत्र कुक्षौ अस्या विद्यत इत्यात्रेयी । ŚB. on MS.6.1.7.
dākṣāyaṇī दाक्षायणी [दक्षस्यापत्यं स्त्री इञि फक्-ङीप्] 1 Any one of the 27 lunar mansions (they being mythologically regarded as so many daughters of Dakṣa). -2 N. of Diti, wife of Kasyapa and mother of the demons. Bhāg.8.4.22. -3 N. of Pārvatī. -4 The lunar constellation called Revatī. -5 N. of Kadru or Vinatā. -6 N. of Aditi, mother of the gods. -7 The Dantī plant. -Comp. -पतिः 1 an epithet of Śiva. -2 the moon. -पुत्रः a god.
dhu धु 5 U. (धुनोति धुनुते, धुत) See धू. धूनोति चम्पकवनानि धुनोत्यशोकम् Kavirahasya.
dhū धू 6 P., 1,5,9,1. U. (धुवति, धवति-ते, धूनोति, धूनुते, धुनाति, धुनीते, धूनयति-ते, also धावयति-ते, धूत-धून) 1 To shake, agitate, cause to move or tremble; धुन्वन्ति पक्षपवनैर्न नभो बलाकाः Ṛs.3.12; धुन्वन् कल्पद्रुमकिसलयानि Me.64; Ku.7.49; R.4.67; Bk.5.11;9.7;1.22. -2 To shake off, remove, throw off; स्रजमपि शिरस्यन्धः क्षिप्तां धुनोत्यहिशङ्कया Ś.7.24. -3 To blow away, destroy, -4 To kindle, excite, fan (as fire); वायुना धूयमानो हि वनं दहति पावकः Mb.; पवनधूतः ... अग्निः Ṛs.1.26. -5 To treat roughly, hurt, injure; मा न धावीररिं रणे Bk.9.5;15.61. -6 To shake off from oneself, free oneself from; (सेवकाः) आरोहन्ति शनैः पश्चाद् धुन्वन्तमपि पार्थिवम् Pt.1.36. -7 To strive against, resist, oppose. (The following stanza from Kavirahasya illustrates the root in its different conjugations:-- धूनोति चम्पकवनानि धुनोत्यशोकं चूतं धुनाति धुवति स्फुटितातिमुक्तं । वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्परेणून् यत्कानने धवति चन्दनमञ्जरीश्च ॥)
payasya पयस्य a. 1 Milky, made of milk. -2 Watery. -स्यः A cat. -स्या Curds. पयस्यति payasyati पयायते payāyatē पयस्यति पयायते Den, P. To flow, to act like milk; कामं मदीक्षामयकामधेनोः पयायतामभ्युदयस्त्वदीयः N.14.79.
puṣpam पुष्पम् [पुष्प् विकाशे-अच्] 1 A flower, blossom; पत्रं पुष्पं फलं तोयं यो मे भक्त्या प्रयच्छति Bg.9.26. -2 The menstrual discharge; as in पुष्पवती q. v. -3 A topaz (पुष्पराग); Rām.2.94.6. -4 A disease of the eyes (albugo). -5 The car or vehicle of Kubera; see पुष्पक. -6 Gallantry, politeness (in love language). -7 Expanding, blooming, blossoming (said to be m. in this sense). -Comp. -अग्रम् pistil. -अञ्जनम् 1 calx of brass used as a collyrium. -2 A white flower-like substance which appears when zinc is mixed with copper and heated for preparing brass. -3 Zinc oxide (Mar. जस्तफूल). -अञ्जलिः a handful of flowers. -अनुगम् a powder promoting menstruation. -अभिषेक = ˚स्नान q. v. -अम्बु the honey of flowers. -अम्बुजम् the sap of flowers. -अवचयः collecting or gathering flowers. -अवचायिन् = पुष्पाजीव q. v. -अस्त्रः an epithet of the god of love. -आकर a. rich or abounding in flowers; मासो नु पुष्पाकरः V.1.9. -आगमः the spring. -आजीवः a florist, garland-maker. -आननः a kind of liquor. -आपीडः a chaplet of flowers. -आयुधः, -इषुः the god of love; पुष्पायुधं दुराधर्षम् Mb.1. 172.17; Mahimna 23. -आसवम् honey. -आसारः a shower of flowers; पुष्पासारैः स्नपयतु भवान् व्योमगङ्गाजलार्द्रैः Me.45. -आस्तरकः, -आस्तरणम् the art of strewing flowers (one of the 64 Kalās). -उद्गमः appearance of flowers. -उद्यानम् a flower-garden. -उपजीविन् m. a florist, gardener, garland-maker. -करण्डकम् N. of the garden of Ujjayinī. -करण्डिनी N. of the city, Ujjayinī. -कालः 1 'flower-time', the spring. -2 the time of the menses. -कासीसम् green (or black) sulphate of iron. -कीटः a large black bee. -केतनः, -केतुः the god of love. (-n.) 1 calx of flowers. -2 vitriol (used as a collyrium). -गण्डिका N. of a kind of farce (in which men act as women and women as men); S. D. -गृहम् a flowerhouse, conservatory. -घातकः the bamboo. -चयः 1 gathering flowers -2 a quantity of flowers. -चापः the god of love. -चामरः a kind of cane. -जम् the juice of flowers. -दः a tree. -दन्तः 1 N. of an attendant of Śiva. -2 N. of the author of the Mahimnastotra. -3 N. of the elephant presiding over the northwest; शुद्धाक्षमैन्द्रं भल्लाटं पुष्पदन्तं तथैव च Hariv. -4 the sun and moon (dual). -दामन् n. a garland of flowers. -द्रवः 1 the sap or exudation of flowers. -2 an infusion of flowers. -द्रुमः a flowering tree. -धः the offspring of an outcast Brāhmaṇa; cf. व्रात्यात् तु जायते विप्रात् पापात्मा भूर्जकण्टकः । आवन्त्यवाटधानौ च पुष्पधः शैख एव च ॥ Ms.1.21. -धनुस्, -धन्वन् m. the god of love; द्रुतमेत्य पुष्पधनुषो धनुषः Śi.9.41; शतमखमुपतस्थे प्राञ्जलिः पुष्पधन्वा Ku.2.64. -धरः a. bearing flowers. -धारणः an epithet of Viṣṇu. -ध्वजः the god of love. -निक्षः a bee. -निर्यासः, -निर्यासकः the sap, nectar, or juice of flowers. -नेत्रम् the tube of a flower. -पत्रिन् m. the god of love. -पथः, -पदवी the vulva. -पुटः the calyx of a flower. -2 (in music) a particular position in dancing. -पुरम् N. of Pāṭaliputra; प्रासादवातायनसंश्रितानां नेत्रोत्सवं पुष्पपुराङ्गनानाम् R.6.24. -प्रचयः, -प्रचायः the plucking or gathering of flowers. -प्रचायिका gathering of flowers. -प्रस्तारः a bed or couch of flowers. -फलः the wood-apple tree. -बटुकः a courtier, gallant; (v. l. for पुष्पनाटक), -बलिः an offering of flowers. -बाणः, -वाणः an epithet of the god of love. -भद्रः a kind of pavilion with 62 columns. -भवः the nectar or juice of flowers. -मञ्जरिका a blue lotus. -माला a garland of flowers. -मासः 1 the month of Chaitra; मम त्वयं विना वासः पुष्पमासे सुदुःसहः Rām.4.1. 41. -2 the spring; अजितभुवनस्तथा हि लेभे सिततुरगे विजयं न पुष्पमासः Ki.1.35. -यमकम् a kind of Yamaka; cf. Bk.1.14. -रजस् n. the pollen. -रथः a carriage for travelling or for pleasure (but not for war); मुख्यः पुष्परथो युक्तः किं न गच्छति ते$ग्रतः Rām.2.26.15. -रसः the nectar or juice of flowers. ˚आह्वयम् honey. -रागः, -राजः a topaz. -रेणुः pollen; वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्पपेणून् Kavirahasya; R.1.38. -पुष्परोचनः the Nāgakesara tree. -लावः a flower-gatherer. (-वी) a female flowergatherer; Me.26. -लिक्षः, -लिह् m. a bee. -लिपिः A particular style of writing. -वर्षः, -वर्षणम् a shower of flowers; सुरभि सुरविमुक्तं पुष्पवर्षं पपात R.12.12; पुष्पवर्षो महानभूत् Rām. -वाटिका, -वाटी f. a flower-garden. -वृक्षः a tree bearing flowers. -वृष्टिः f. a shower of flowers; परस्परशरव्राताः पुष्पवृष्टिं न सेहिरे R.12.94. -वेणी a garland of flowers. -शकटिका, -शकटी a heavenly voice, voice from heaven. ˚निमित्तज्ञानम् Knowledge of the omens which result from heavenly voices (one of the 64 Kalās). -शय्या a flowery bed, a couch of flowers. -शरः, -शरासनः, -सायकः the god of love. -समयः the spring. -सारः, -स्वेदः the nectar or honey of flowers. -सारा the holy basil. -सिता a kind of sugar. -स्नानम् a kind of inauguration. -हासः 1 an epithet of Viṣṇu. -2 the blooming of flowers. -हासा a woman in her courses. -हीना a woman past child-bearing.
prasyand प्रस्यन्द् 1 Ā. 1 To flow forth, exude. -2 To move rapidly, fly away, run. प्रस्यन्दः prasyandḥ न्दनम् ndanam प्रस्यन्दः न्दनम् Flowing forth, exudation; trickling out, oozing.
yaśasya यशस्य a. [यशसे हितं यत्] 1 Leading to glory or distinction; आयुष्यं प्राङ्मुखो भुङ्क्ते यशस्यं दक्षिणामुखः Ms.2.52. -2 Renowned, famous; glorious; धन्यं यशस्यमायुष्यं स्वर्ग्यं वातिथिपूजनम् Ms.3.16. -स्था N. of a plant (जीवन्ती). यशस्यति yaśasyati यशस्काम्यति yaśaskāmyati यशस्यति यशस्काम्यति Den. P. To long for fame.
vidhū विधू 5, 1 U., 6 P. 1 To shake, move, cause to tremble; वायुर्विधूनयति चम्पकपुष्परेणून् Kavirahasya; मृदु- पवनविधूतान् Ṛs.6.29;3.1; दीर्घां वेणीं विधुन्वाना Mb. -2 To shake off, destroy, expel, drive away; कपेर्विधवितुं द्युतिम् Bk.9.28. -3 To spurn, despise, treat with contempt; ज्यानिघातकठिनत्वचो भुजान् स्वान् विधूय धिगिति प्रतस्थिरे R.11.4. -4 To leave, give up, abandon; द्रुतं विधूयान्यत् N.1.35.
     Macdonell Vedic Search  
7 results
     
asya a-syá, G. of prn. root a, of this, ii. 33, 9; x. 129, 6; 168, 2; unaccented, asya his, of him, its, of it, i. 35, 7; 154, 5; 160, 3; ii. 12, 13; 35, 2. 6. 8. 11; iv. 50, 2; vi. 54, 3; vii. 86, 1; viii. 48, 12; x. 34, 4. 6; 90, 33. 4. 6. 122. 15; 129, 7; 135, 7; 168, 1.
asyai a-syái, D. f. of prn. root a, to that, ii. 33, 5.
asyant ás-yant, pr. pt. scattering, x. 168, 1 [as throw].
duvasya duvas-ya, den. present with (inst.), x. 14, 1 [dúvas, n. gift].
namasya namas-yá, den. adore, ii. 33, 8 [námas homage].
namasya namas-ya, a. adorable, iii. 59, 4.
vasyas vás-yas, acc. adv. for greater welfare, viii. 48, 9 [cpv. of vásu good].
       Bloomfield Vedic
         Concordance  
1634 results
     
asya made jaritar indraḥ somasya matsat śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro 'pāṃ vegam airayat śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro 'pinvad apito 'jinvad ajuvaḥ śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro vṛtram ahan śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro vy antarikṣam atirad ā sūryaṃ divy airayat śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indro 'him ahan śś.8.25.1. Cf. asya made ahim.
asya made puru varpāṃsi vidvān RV.6.44.14a; Aś.6.4.10. P: asya made puru varpāṃsi śś.9.12.4.
asya made svaryaṃ dā ṛtāya RV.1.121.4a.
asya madhvaḥ pibata mādayadhvam RV.7.38.8c; VS.9.18c; 21.11c; TS.1.7.8.2c; 4.7.12.2c; MS.1.11.2c: 162.13; KS.13.14c; śB.5.1.5.24c.
asya mandāno madhvo vajrahastaḥ RV.2.19.2a.
asya me dyāvāpṛthivī ṛtāyataḥ RV.2.32.1a. P: asya me dyāvāpṛthivī Aś.7.7.3. Cf. BṛhD.4.86.
asya medhasya somyasya sobhare RV.8.19.2c; SV.2.1038c.
asya yajñasyarddhyai mahyaṃ saṃnatyai TS.7.5.13.1; Apś.20.9.5.
asya yajñasya sukratum RV.1.12.1c; 8.19.3c; AVś.20.101.1c; SV.1.3c,112c; 2.140c,763c; MS.4.10.2c: 145.4; KS.20.14c; GB.1.2.23c; śB.1.4.1.35; TB.3.5.2.3c.
asya yajñasyāgura udṛcam aśīya Aś.4.2.8,9; śś.5.3.7 (bis); Mś.1.4.2.6 (bis). Cf. āgura udṛcam.
asya yajñasyodṛci svāhā (śś. yajñasyodṛcam) AVś.6.48.1--3; śś.6.8.10. Cf. āsya yajñasyo-.
asya yāmāso bṛhato na vagnūn RV.10.3.4a.
asya raṇvā svasyeva puṣṭiḥ RV.2.4.4a.
asya rātau sutaṃ piba SV.1.223c. See imaṃ rātaṃ.
asya rāyas tvam agne rathīr asi RV.6.48.9c; SV.1.41c; 2.973c.
asya lokaḥ sutāvataḥ VS.35.1c; śB.13.8.2.3c.
asya vardhayatā rayim AVP.1.24.4d. Cf. imaṃ vardhayatā, and yajñam imaṃ va-.
asya vāmasya nihitaṃ padaṃ veḥ RV.1.164.7b; AVś.9.9.5b.
asya vāmasya palitasya hotuḥ RV.1.164.1a; AVś.9.9.1a; ā.1.5.3.7; 5.3.2.14; śś.18.22.7; N.4.26a. P: asya vāmasya Kauś.18.25. Cf. BṛhD.4.32 (B). Designated as asya-vāmīya (sc. sūkta) VāDh.26.6; MDh.11.251; VAtDh.2.5; VHDh.5.129,156,166,376,442,449; 6.44,439; Rvidh.1.26.2; BṛhD.4.31; as palita CūlikāU.11; as salilaṃ vaiśvadevam śś.18.22.7.
asya vāsā u arciṣā RV.5.17.3a.
asya vijñānam anu saṃ rabhadhvam TS.5.7.4.4c.
asya vijñānāya bahudhā nidhīyate TB.2.5.1.3b.
asya viśvasya bhuvanasya rājā RV.10.168.2d. Cf. ahaṃ etc., eko etc., tena etc., patir viśvasya, mūrdhnā etc., and somo etc.
asya vīrasya barhiṣi RV.1.86.4a.
asya vṛṣṇo vyodane RV.8.63.9a.
asya vo hy avasā RV.9.98.8a.
asya vratāni nādhṛṣe RV.9.53.3a; SV.2.1066a.
asya vrateṣv api soma iṣyate RV.9.69.1d.
asya vrate sajoṣasaḥ RV.9.102.5a.
asya śāsur ubhayāsaḥ sacante RV.1.60.2a.
asya śuṣmāso dadṛśānapaveḥ RV.10.3.6a.
asya śravo nadyaḥ sapta bibhrati RV.1.102.2a; TB.2.8.9.2a.
asya śriyam upasaṃyāta sarve AVś.6.73.1c.
asya śriye samidhānasya vṛṣṇaḥ RV.4.5.15a.
asya śreṣṭhā subhagasya saṃdṛk RV.4.1.6a.
asya śroṣantv ā bhuvaḥ RV.1.86.5a.
asya śloko divīyate pṛthivyām RV.1.190.4a.
asya sanīḍā asurasya yonau RV.10.31.6c.
asya sutasya AVP.2.7.3c. See next.
asya sutasya svar (SV. svā3r) na (Aś.śś. ṇa) AVś.2.5.2c; SV.2.303c; Aś.6.3.1c; śś.9.5.2c. See prec.
asya suvānasya mandinas tritasya RV.2.11.20a.
asya somasya pītaye RV.1.22.1c; 23.2c; 4.49.5c; 5.71.3c; 6.59.10d; 8.76.6c; 94.10c--12c; TS.1.4.7.1c; TB.2.4.3.13c; N.12.4c.
asya stutiṃ jaritur bhikṣamāṇāḥ RV.10.31.5c.
asya stuṣe mahimaghasya rādhaḥ RV.1.122.8a.
asya stotur maghavan kāmam ā pṛṇa RV.1.57.5b; AVś.20.15.5b.
asya stotre dhiṣaṇā yat ta ānaje RV.1.102.1b; VS.33.29b; TB.2.7.13.4b.
asya stomasya subhage ni bodha AVś.19.49.5c; AVP.14.8.5c.
asya stomebhir auśija ṛjiśvā RV.10.99.11a.
asya stome maghonaḥ RV.5.16.3a.
asya snuṣā śvaśurasya praśiṣṭim TB.2.4.6.12c. See mama snuṣā.
asya spaśo na ni miṣanti bhūrṇayaḥ RV.9.73.4c; Apś.16.18.7c. See tasya etc.
asya haviṣas tmanā yaja VS.6.11; TS.1.3.8.2; KS.3.6; śB.3.8.1.13. See tmanāsya haviṣo.
asya haviṣo (Apś. haviṣo ghṛtasya) vīhi svāhā MS.1.8.6: 123.2; Apś.6.14.12. See under asya ghṛtasya.
asya havyasya tṛpyatām TB.2.4.8.4b,4c.
asya havyasyendrāgnī KS.35.5d.
asya hi svayaśastaraḥ RV.5.17.2a.
asya hi svayaśastaram RV.5.82.2a; śś.10.3.12; 8.12; Apś.6.22.1a.
asya hotuḥ pradiśy (AVś. praśiṣy) ṛtasya vāci RV.10.110.11c; AVś.5.12.11c; VS.29.36c; MS.4.13.5c: 205.6; KS.16.20c; TB.3.6.3.4c; N.8.21c.
asya kurmo (RVKh. kulmo) harivo medinaṃ tvā RVKh.10.128.1d; TS.4.7.14.4d; TB.2.4.3.3d. See under asmākaṃ kṛṇmo.
asya kratvā mahiṣā trī śatāni RV.5.29.7b.
asya kratvā yaśasvataḥ RV.8.102.8c; SV.2.297c.
asya kratvā vicetasaḥ RV.5.17.4a.
asya kratvā sacate apradṛpitaḥ RV.1.145.2d.
asya kratvā samidhānasya majmanā RV.1.143.2c.
asya kratvāhanyo yo asti RV.1.190.3c.
asya kṣatraṃ śriyaṃ mahīm AVś.6.54.1c.
asya ghā vīra īvataḥ RV.4.14.5a.
asya ghṛtasya haviṣo juṣāṇo vīhi svāhā MS.1.10.2: 141.8. See asya haviṣo, and juṣāṇo asya.
asya cakṣasā pari pāty ukṣā RV.9.89.3d.
asya ca dātuḥ Kauś.90.7,12,16; 92.26,29.
asya te sakhye vayam RV.9.61.29a; 66.14a. See yasya etc.
asya tritaḥ kratunā vavre antaḥ RV.10.8.7a. Cf. BṛhD.6.148.
asya trito nv ojasā vṛdhānaḥ RV.10.99.6c.
asya tvaṃ dadataḥ soma rājan AVP.1.46.1a.
asya tveṣā ajarā asya bhānavaḥ RV.1.143.3a.
asya devasya mīḍhuṣo vayāḥ RV.7.40.5a.
asya devasya saṃsady anīke RV.7.4.3a.
asya devāḥ pradiśi jyotir astu AVś.1.9.2a. See asmai devāḥ pradiśaj.
asya patiḥ syāṃ sugavaḥ suvīraḥ RV.1.116.25b; KS.17.18b.
asya patmann aruṣīr aśvabudhnāḥ RV.10.8.3c.
asya pātaṃ dhiyeṣitā RV.3.12.1c; SV.2.19c; VS.7.31c; TS.1.4.15.1c; MS.1.3.17c: 36.13; KS.4.7c; AB.2.37.17c; śB.4.3.1.24c.
asya pāre nirṛthasya ApMB.1.6.14a (ApG.2.6.3).
asya piba kṣumataḥ prasthitasya RV.10.116.2a.
asya pibatam aśvinā RV.8.5.14a; AB.1.22.5; Aś.4.7.4. P: asya pibatam śś.5.10.21. Cf. ubhā pibatam.
asya piba yasya jajñāna indra RV.6.40.2a; Aś.6.4.10.
asya pītā (SV. pītvā) svarvidaḥ RV.9.108.2b; SV.2.43b.
asya pītvā madānām RV.8.92.6a; 9.23.7a.
asya pītvā śatakrato RV.1.4.8a; AVś.20.68.8a.
asya pītvā svarvidaḥ see asya pītā.
asya pra jātavedasaḥ RV.10.188.2a.
asya prajāvati gṛhe RV.8.31.4a.
asya pratnām anu dyutam RV.9.54.1a; SV.2.105a; VS.3.16a; TS.1.5.5.1a; 7.1; MS.1.5.1a: 66.2; 1.5.5: 73.18; 1.5.6: 74.6; KS.6.9a; 7.4,5; JB.1.93,119; śB.2.3.4.15a; JG.2.9. P: asya pratnām śś.2.11.2; Kś.4.12.3.
asya prāṇād apānatī (MS.AVś.6.31.2b, apānataḥ) RV.10.189.2b; AVś.6.31.2b; 20.48.5b; SV.2.727b; ArS.5.5b; VS.3.7b; TS.1.5.3.1a; MS.1.6.1b: 85.13; KS.7.13a; śB.2.1.4.29b.
asya priyasya śarmaṇi RV.5.64.3c.
asya priyāsaḥ sakhye syāma RV.4.17.9d.
asya priyo jaritā yasya śarman RV.4.17.19c.
asya preṣā hemanā pūyamānaḥ RV.9.97.1a; SV.1.526a; 2.749a. P: asya preṣā Svidh.1.3.8.
asya made ahim indro jaghāna RV.2.15.1d. Cf. asya made jaritar indro 'him.
asya made jaritar indra iha śravad iha somasya matsat śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indra iha śravad upa giri (!) ṣṭhāt śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indra ud āryaṃ varṇam atirad ava dāsaṃ varṇam ahan śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indra ud dyām astabhnād aprathayat pṛthivīm śś.8.25.1.
asya made jaritar indra ṛṣyāṃ iva pamphaṇataḥ parvatān prakupitāṃ aramṇāt śś.8.25.1.
asyai janatāyai śraiṣṭhyāya Apś.5.24.4. See asyā janatāyāḥ.
asyai nāryā upastare (ApMB. -stire) AVś.14.2.21b; ApMB.1.8.1b.
asyai putrāya vettave AVP.5.11.4d.
asyai pṛthivyai yad yajñiyam TB.3.7.10.2d; Apś.14.31.8d.
asyai prajāṃ jaradaṣṭiṃ sṛjasva AVP.3.39.2b.
asyai pratiṣṭhāyai VS.2.25; śB.1.9.3.12; Kś.3.8.14.
asyai pratiṣṭhāyai mā chitsi śś.1.5.9.
asyai prāṇaḥ saṃcarati śś.17.12.1a.
asyai bhavatu bheṣajī AVP.6.7.3d.
asyai me putrakāmāyai RVKh.10.184.1c; ApMB.1.12.7c; MG.2.18.4c.
asyai rayiṃ sarvavīraṃ ni yacha AVś.11.1.3d,11d. Cf. asme rayiṃ etc.
asyai viśe pavate (KA. pinvasva) KA.2.136; Apś.12.15.8. Cf. next.
asyai viśe mahyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyāya pipīhi MS.4.9.9: 129.9. See mahyaṃ jyaiṣṭhyāya, and cf. prec.
asyai śālāyai śarma yachantu devāḥ AVP.7.6.4c.
asyai saṃ datta vīryam RV.10.97.19d,21d; VS.12.93d,94d. See asmai saṃ.
asyai svāhā KBU.2.3 (sexies).
asyanto ye ca dhāvatha AVś.6.66.2b.
akūpārasya dāvane (SV. dāvanaḥ) # RV.5.39.2d; SV.2.523d; JB.3.203d; N.4.18.
akruddhasya yotsyamānasya # TA.1.4.2a.
akṣiduḥkhotthitasyaiva # TA.1.4.1a.
agastyasya tryāyuṣam # śG.1.28.9c; SMB.1.6.8c; MG.1.1.24c; VārG.4.20c.
agastyasya nadbhyaḥ # RV.10.60.6a. Cf. BṛhD.7.97.
agastyasya putrāsaḥ # AVP.9.7.7c.
agastyasya brahmaṇā # AVś.2.32.3c; 5.23.10c; AVP.2.14.5c.
agohyasya yad asastanā gṛhe # RV.1.161.11c; N.11.16.
agninājyasya vyantu vaujhak # śB.2.2.3.19. See under agna ājyasya.
agnipītasya (soma deva te matividaḥ) # Apś.13.14.14. Vikāra of indrapītasya, or narāśaṃsapītasya Apś.12.24.7 ff. Cf. TS.3.2.5.2.
aghaśaṃsasya kasya cit # RV.1.42.4b.
aghasya tvā dhārayā vidhyāmi # TA.4.38.1.
aghasya yad bhinado rakṣa eṣat # RV.10.89.14b.
acetānasya mā patho vi dukṣaḥ # RV.7.4.7d; N.3.2d.
achidrasya dadhanvataḥ # RV.6.48.18b.
achinnasya te deva soma dakṣasya rāyaspoṣasya suvīryasyābhigrahītāraḥ syāma # MS.1.3.12: 34.7. P: achinnasya te deva soma Mś.2.4.1.9. See next two.
achinnasya te deva soma suvīryasya rāyaspoṣasya daditāraḥ syāma # VS.7.14; KS.4.4; śB.4.2.1.22. P: achinnasya N.9.10.14. See prec. and next.
achinnasya te rayipate suvīryasya rāyaspoṣasya daditāraḥ syāma # TS.3.2.3.1. See prec. two.
ajasya nābhāv (MS.KS. nābhā) adhy ekam arpitam # RV.10.82.6c; VS.17.30c; TS.4.6.2.3c; MS.2.10.3c: 134.15; KS.18.1c.
ajasya petvasya ca # AVś.4.4.8b.
ajasya rūpe kim api svid ekam # RV.1.164.6d; AVś.9.9.7d.
ajuryasya madintamaṃ yam īmahe # RV.8.13.23c.
aṭṇārasya paraḥ putraḥ # śB.13.5.4.4a. See āhṇārasya.
atharṣabhasya ye vājāḥ # AVś.4.4.8c. See ya ṛṣabhasya.
athaitasya haviṣo vīhi svāhā # AVś.19.52.5d; AVP.1.30.5d; Kauś.92.31d.
adabdhasya vratasya ye # RV.7.66.6b; SV.2.703b; JB.3.208b.
adabdhasya svadhāvataḥ # RV.8.44.20a; KS.40.14a.
adabdhasya svayaśaso virapśinaḥ # RV.10.75.9d.
adābhyasya manmabhiḥ # RV.8.7.15c.
adāśūṣṭarasya vedaḥ # RV.8.81.7c.
adevasya śūśuvānasya māyāḥ # RV.10.111.6b.
adhāyāmutesumudasya (?) # JG.2.7 (corrupt).
adhvarasya vicarṣaṇiḥ # RV.3.11.1b; KS.2.15b.
anamīvasya śuṣmiṇaḥ # RV.3.16.3d; VS.11.83b; TS.4.2.3.1b; 5.2.2.1; KS.16.10b; 19.12; MS.2.10.1b: 132.5; PB.1.8.7b; śB.6.6.4.7; TB.3.11.4.1b; AG.1.16.5b; śG.1.27.7b; JG.1.10b; Kauś.106.7d; ApMB.2.15.15b; PrāṇāgU.1b.
analasya (analasas ?) te priyo 'sāny asau # HG.1.5.13.
anājñātājñātakṛtasya (sc. enaso 'vayajanam asi) # Vait.23.12. See anyakṛtasya, and cf. enasa-enaso.
anānatasya śavasaḥ # RV.8.68.4b; SV.1.364b; N.12.21b.
anāhanasya vasanaṃ cariṣṇu (PG. jariṣṇuḥ; HG.ApMB. jariṣṇu) # śG.2.1.30c; PG.2.2.10c (crit. notes; Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 22); HG.1.4.6c; ApMB.2.2.11c; VārG.5.9c.
anupadasyam annādyam āpnavāni # śś.4.8.6.
antarikṣasamantasya te vāyur upaśrotā # BDh.2.8.14.12. See antarikṣaṃ samaṃ.
antarikṣasya tvā dātrā prāśnāmi # Mś.1.3.3.16. Cf. Vait.3.16.
antarikṣasya tvā divas tvā diśāṃ tvā nākasya tvā pṛṣṭhe bradhnasya tvā viṣṭape sādayāmi # TA.6.7.3.
antarikṣasya tvā draviṇe sādayāmi # TS.4.4.7.1; MS.2.13.18: 165.2; KS.39.9.
antarikṣasya tvā sānāv avagūhāmi (KS. -kṣasya sānūpeṣa) # TS.1.3.6.2; KS.3.3; 26.6; Apś.7.11.9. See divaḥ sānūpeṣa.
antarikṣasya dhartrīṃ viṣṭambhanīṃ diśāṃ bhuvanasyādhipatnīm (VS.KS.śB. diśām adhipatnīṃ bhuvanānām) # VS.14.5; MS.2.8.1: 107.5; KS.17.1; śB.8.2.1.10. See viṣṭambhanī.
antarikṣasya bhāgo 'si # Apś.3.3.11.
antarikṣasya mahato vimāne # AVP.2.61.3d.
antarikṣasya yāny asi # TS.4.4.6.2; KS.22.5; Apś.17.1.18.
antarikṣasya sānūpeṣa # see antarikṣasya tvā sānāv.
antarikṣasya havir asi (VS.śB. asi svāhā) # VS.6.19; TS.1.3.10.2; MS.1.2.17: 27.5; KS.3.7; śB.3.8.3.32.
antaryāmasya pātram asi # TS.3.1.6.2.
andhasya cin nāsatyā kṛśasya cit # RV.10.39.3c.
annasya ghṛtam eva rasas tejaḥ saṃpatkāmo juhomi svāhā # SMB.2.6.15. Ps: annasya ghṛtam eva GG.4.9.5; annasya KhG.4.3.11.
annasya pataye namaḥ # see annānāṃ pataye.
annasya pātram uta sarpiṣo vā # AVP.5.28.5b.
annasya bhūmā puruṣasya bhūmā # AVś.5.28.3c; AVP.2.59.1c; 11.14.8a.
annasya mā tejasā svargaṃ lokaṃ gamaya # JB.1.40.
annasya rāṣṭrir asi rāṣṭris te bhūyāsam # SMB.2.8.9. P: annasya rāṣṭrir asi GG.4.10.12; KhG.4.4.12.
anyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi svāhā (Apśṃś. omit svāhā) # Tā.10.59; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; MahānU.18.1. See anājñātājñātakṛtasya, and cf. enasa-enaso.
anyavratasya (TA. anyadvra-) saścima (RV. saścire; TA. saścimaḥ) # RV.5.20.2d; VS.38.20b; MS.4.9.10: 131.6b; śB.14.3.1.19; TA.4.11.4b.
anyasya cittam abhi saṃcareṇyam # RV.1.170.1c; N.1.6c.
anyasya patnī vidhavā yathāsat # AVP.2.61.4d.
aparāhṇasya tejasā sarvam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.4.
apaścādaghvānnasya (MSṃś.Apś. apaścāddaghvānnaṃ) bhūyāsam # AVś.19.55.5; MS.3.9.4: 120.17; Apś.7.28.2; Mś.1.8.6.22.
apaskambhasya bāhvoḥ # AVP.5.8.3c; 11.2.4b.
apaskambhasya śalyāt # AVś.4.6.4c.
apasthānasya kṛtyā yāḥ # AVP.1.58.1c.
abhikrandasya yā ropīḥ # AVP.13.3.8c.
abhiyuktasya pradhane # AVP.2.25.2a.
abhyañjanasya yad varcaḥ # AVP.4.10.8c.
amartyasya bhuvanasya bhūnā # RV.10.149.3b; śB.10.2.2.3.
amartyasya martyāsu vikṣu # RV.10.79.1b.
amitrasya nidhir hitaḥ # RV.10.186.3b.
amitrasya vyathayā manyum indra # RV.6.25.2b; MS.4.14.12b: 235.3; TB.2.8.3.3b.
amitrasya śiro jahi # Mś.9.2.5.10d. See next.
amṛtasya deva dhāraṇo bhūyāsam # TA.7.4.1d; TU.1.4.1d.
amṛtasya dhārā bahudhā dohamānam # TB.3.12.3.4c.
amṛtasya nidhir hitaḥ # RV.10.186.3b; JB.3.266b; TB.2.4.1.8b; TA.4.42.2b; KA.1.218Ab. See under amṛtaṃ nihitaṃ.
amṛtasya pūrṇāṃ tām u kalāṃ vicakṣate # TA.3.11.5c.
amṛtasya prāṇaṃ yajñam etam # TA.3.11.3c.
amṛtasya śriyaṃ mahīm # ā.5.3.2.2d.
ambhasya pāre bhuvanasya madhye # TA.10.1.1a; MahānU.1.1a. Cf. ViDh.56.25; VHDh.5.378; 6.88; 7.301; 8.7.
ayājyasya ca yājanam # BDh.3.6.5b; ViDh.48.22d. Cf. prec.
aradhrasya radhraturo babhūva # RV.6.18.4d.
arasasya śarkoṭasya # AVś.7.56.5a; AVP.1.48.1a; Kauś.139.8.
aruṣasya duhitarā virūpe # RV.6.49.3a.
arkasya jyotis sad (comm. tad) id āsa jyeṣṭham # TB.2.5.8.12c.
arkasya devāḥ parame vyoman (JB. viyoman) # JB.2.88b; śB.8.6.2.19a.
arkasya bodhi haviṣo havīmabhiḥ # RV.1.131.6b; AVś.20.72.3b.
arkasya yonim āsadam # RV.9.25.6c; 50.4c; SV.1.472c; 2.426c,558c. See ṛtasya etc.
arthasya karmaṇo mithaḥ # Kauś.119.2b. See yajñasya kriyate.
arbhasya tṛpradaṃśinaḥ # AVś.7.56.3c.
alasya vyañjanasya # AVP.11.2.12a.
alāyyasya paraśur nanāśa # RV.9.67.30a.
avaṭasya # see avatasya.
avatasya (SV. avaṭasya) visarjane # RV.8.72.11c; SV.2.953c.
avatsārasya spṛṇavāma raṇvabhiḥ # RV.5.44.10c.
avasthasya kladīvataḥ # AVś.7.90.3c.
avasyate stuvate kṛṣṇiyāya # RV.1.116.23a.
avasyava ūrjaṃ vardhayantaḥ # RV.2.11.13b.
avasyave tvā vātāya svāhā # VS.38.7; MS.4.9.8: 128.8; śB.14.2.2.5; TA.4.9.1.
avasyave yo varivaḥ kṛṇoti # RV.4.50.9c; AB.8.26.12.
avasyave śatruhaṇe svāhā # AVP.7.20.6a.
avasyavo dhīmahi praśastim # RV.2.11.12c.
avasyavo na vayunāni takṣuḥ # RV.2.19.8b.
avasyavo vṛṣaṇaṃ vajradakṣiṇam # RV.1.101.1c; SV.1.380c.
aśnasya cic chiśnathāt pūrvyāṇi # RV.2.20.5d; 6.4.3d.
aśrāntasya tvā manasā # AVś.19.25.1a.
aśvakrandasya vaṇḍasya # AVP.8.7.2a.
aśvatthasya nudāmahe (AVP. nudāmasi) # AVś.3.6.8d; AVP.3.3.8d.
aśvatthasyārohasya # AVP.12.5.3a.
aśvamedhasya dānāḥ # RV.5.27.5c.
aśvasya ṛśyasya # AVP.4.5.6a. Cf. aśvasyāśvatarasya.
aśvasya krande (and krandye) etc. # see aśvasya vāje.
aśvasya tvā vṛṣṇaḥ śaknā dhūpayāmi devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.9 (ter); śB.14.1.2.20. P: aśvasya tvā Kś.26.1.23.
aśvasya bradhnaṃ puruṣasya māyum (AVP. māyām) # AVś.19.49.4c; AVP.14.8.4c.
aśvasya vājinas tvaci # VS.23.37c; TS.5.2.11.1c; MS.3.12.21c: 167.8; KSA.10.5c.
aśvasya vāje (KS. krande; TB. krandye) puruṣasya māyau # AVś.6.38.4b; KS.36.15b; TB.2.7.7.1b.
aśvasya vāraḥ paruṣasya vāraḥ # AVś.10.4.2b.
aśvasya vāro gośaphaś ca te # AVś.20.129.18.
aśvasya śīrṣṇā pra yad īm uvāca # RV.1.116.12d; śB.14.1.1.25d; 5.5.16d; BṛhU.2.5.16d. See next.
aśvasya śīrṣṇā sumatim avocat # KA.1.226d; 3.226. See prec.
aśvasyāśvatarasya # AVś.4.4.8a. Cf. aśvasya ṛśyasya.
aśvinakṛtasya te sarasvatikṛtasyendreṇa sutrāmṇā kṛtasya, upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # VS.20.35.
aśvyasya tmanā rathyasya puṣṭeḥ # RV.4.41.10a.
aṣṭendrasya ṣaḍ yamasya # AVś.8.9.23a.
asitasya gṛhebhyaḥ # AVś.6.137.1d.
asitasya te (AVP. omits te) brahmaṇā # AVś.1.14.4a; AVP.1.15.4a.
asitasya taimātasya # AVś.5.13.6a; AVP.1.44.1a; 8.2.4a. Cf. Kauś.29.9.
asitasya brahmaṇā # see prec. but one.
asitasya vidradhasya # AVP.1.90.1a; 8.7.8a. Cf. vidradhasya balāsasya.
asthijasya kilāsasya # AVś.1.23.4a; AVP.1.16.4a; TB.2.4.4.2a.
asmatkṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (Tā. adds svāhā) # PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59.
aharjātasya yan nāma # AVś.3.14.1c; 5.28.12c; AVP.2.13.4c; 2.59.11c.
ahiṃsānasya saścire # RV.5.64.3d.
ahutasya hutasya ca # KS.35.5b,5d; JB.1.353b; PB.9.9.8b; TB.3.7.8.3b,3d; śś.13.12.7c; Kś.25.12.1b; Apś.14.30.2b,2d.
ākāyyasya dāvane purukṣoḥ # RV.4.29.5d.
ākāśasyaiṣa ākāśaḥ # SMB.2.4.13a. Cf. GG.4.5.34; KhG.4.1.18.
āgrayaṇasya pātram asi # TS.3.1.6.3.
ājuhvānasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # RV.7.16.3b; TS.4.4.4.5b; KS.39.15b.
ājuhvānasya sarpiṣaḥ # RV.1.127.1g; AVś.20.67.3g; SV.1.465g; 2.1163g; VS.15.47g; TS.4.4.4.8g; MS.2.13.8g: 158.6; KS.26.11g; 39.15g.
ājyasya kūlyā upa tān kṣarantu # HG.2.11.1c. Cf. medasaḥ kulyā, and ghṛtasya kulyā.
ājyasya parameṣṭhin # AVś.1.7.2a; AVP.4.4.2a.
ājyasya svāhā # VS.28.11; MS.4.13.5: 205.2; TB.3.6.2.2; Aś.3.4.3. P: ājyasya śś.5.18.2.
āñjanasya madughasya (AVP. madhu-) # AVś.6.102.3a; AVP.2.77.3a.
ātmakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: ātmakṛtasya Vait.23.12.
ātmendrasya bhavasi dhāsir uttamaḥ # RV.9.85.3b.
ādityavadgaṇasya soma deva te matividas tṛtīyasya savanasya jagatīchandasa indrapītasya narāśaṃsapītasya pitṛpītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi (Mś. savanasya jagacchandaso 'gnihuta indrapītasya) # TS.3.2.5.3; Mś.2.5.1.33. P: ādityavadgaṇasya (followed by fragments ... narāśaṃsapītasya ... indrapītasya ...) Apś.12.24.7,9. Cf. under tasya ta.
ādityasya nṛcakṣasaḥ # AVś.13.2.1c.
ādityasya mā saṃkāśaḥ (sc. avatām) # Vait.11.16. ūha of nakṣatrāṇāṃ mā etc.
ādityasya vratam upakṣiyantaḥ (TB. upakṣyantaḥ) # RV.3.59.3c; MS.4.10.2c: 146.16; TB.2.8.7.5c.
ādhrasya cit pramatir ucyase pitā # RV.1.31.14c.
ānuṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.16. See ānuṣṭubhena chandasā chandasāgneḥ, and ānuṣṭubhena chandasā mitrāvaruṇābhyāṃ.
ānuṣṭubhasya haviṣo havir yat # RV.10.181.1b; ArS.2.5b.
ānūnasya mahi śravaḥ # RV.8.55 (Vāl.7).5b.
āmanasya deva ye paśavaḥ samanasas tān ahaṃ kāmaye hṛdā te māṃ kāmayantāṃ hṛdā tān mā āmanasas kṛdhi svāhā # MS.2.3.2: 28.21.
āmanasya devā (MS. -va) yā (MS. yāḥ; KS. yās) striyaḥ samanasas tā (KS. samanaso yā) ahaṃ kāmaye hṛdā tā māṃ kāmayantāṃ hṛdā tā ma (MS. mā) āmanasas kṛdhi svāhā # TS.2.3.9.2; MS.2.3.2: 28.19; KS.12.2.
āmanasya devā (MS. -va) ye putrāḥ samanasas tān (KS. putrāso ye paśavas samanaso yān) ahaṃ kāmaye hṛdā te māṃ kāmayantāṃ hṛdā tān ma (MS. mā) āmanasas kṛdhi svāhā # MS.2.3.2: 28.18; KS.12.2.
āmanasya devā (MSṃś. -va) ye sajātāḥ (TS. sajātāḥ kumārāḥ) samanasas tān (KS. samanaso yān) ahaṃ kāmaye hṛdā te māṃ kāmayantāṃ hṛdā tān ma (MS. mā) āmanasas kṛdhi svāhā # TS.2.3.9.1; MS.2.3.2: 28.16; KS.12.2. Ps: āmanasya deva ye sajātāḥ samanasaḥ Mś.5.2.1.16; āmanasya devāḥ TS.2.3.9.3; KS.12.2.
āmenyasya rajaso yad abhra ā # RV.5.48.1c. Fragment: abhra āṃ apaḥ N.5.5.
ārogasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
āvikṣitasya kāmapreḥ # AB.8.21.14c. See next.
āviṣkṛtasya dūṣaṇam # Apś.21.20.3c.
āśvaghnasya vāvṛdhe sūnṛtābhiḥ # RV.10.61.21d.
āśvamedhasya rohitā # RV.8.68.15c.
āsaṅgasya svanadrathaḥ # RV.8.1.32d.
āsurasya ca hastinaḥ # AVś.3.22.4d; AVP.3.18.5b.
āsurasya mukhasyāgne # AVP.2.63.2a.
āhṇārasya parasyādaḥ # śś.16.9.13a. See aṭṇārasya.
iṭasya te vi cṛtāmi # AVś.9.3.18a; Kauś.66.24.
inasya trātur avṛkasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # RV.1.155.4b.
inasya yaḥ sadane garbham ādadhe # RV.9.77.4c.
indrapītasya # Apś.12.24.9. Fragment of ādityavadgaṇasya TS.3.2.5.3.
indrapītasya prajāpatibhakṣitasya madhumata upahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # VS.38.28.
indrasya ṛbhukṣā varuṇasya vibhvā # RV.4.33.9d.
indrasya kartā svapastamo bhūt # RV.4.17.4b.
indrasya karma yad ahiṃ vivṛścat # RV.3.33.7b.
indrasya karma sukṛtā purūṇi # RV.3.30.13d; 32.8a; 34.6b; AVś.20.11.6b.
indrasya kāmadughā stha # Aś.6.12.4.
indrasya kāmam akṣaran # RV.9.8.1b; SV.2.528b; JB.3.206.
indrasya kukṣir asi somadhānaḥ # AVś.7.111.1a. P: indrasya kukṣiḥ Vait.17.9; Kauś.24.19.
indrasya kroḍaḥ (VSK. krolaḥ) # VS.25.8; VSK.27.11; TS.5.7.16.1; MS.3.15.7: 179.11; KSA.13.6.
indrasya gṛhā vasumanto varūthinas tān ahaṃ sumanasaḥ pra padye # ApMB.2.15.13 (ApG.7.17.7). See next, next but two, and next but three.
indrasya gṛhāḥ śivā vasumanto (PG. gṛhā vasumanto) varūthinas tān ahaṃ pra padye saha jāyayā saha prajayā saha paśubhiḥ saha rāyas poṣeṇa saha yan me kiṃ cāsti tena (PG. pra padye saha prajayā paśubhiḥ saha) # śG.3.4.10; PG.3.4.18. See prec., next but one, and next but two.
indrasya gṛho 'si # AVP.6.11.6; 6.12.2. See trayodaśo māsa.
indrasya gṛho 'si taṃ tvā pra padye taṃ tvā pra viśāmi sarvaguḥ sarvapūruṣaḥ sarvātmā sarvatanūḥ saha yan me 'sti tena # AVś.5.6.11. See next, indrasya gṛhā, and indrasya gṛhāḥ.
indrasya gṛho 'si taṃ tvā pra padye saguḥ sāśvaḥ saha yan me asti tena # TB.2.4.2.4; TA.4.42.2. See prec., indrasya gṛhā, and indrasya gṛhāḥ.
indrasya goṣṭham api dhāva vidvān # AVP.5.28.3b; Vait.10.17b.
indrasya gaur amṛgaḥ # VS.24.32; MS.3.14.13: 175.4.
indrasya graho 'sy agṛhīto grāhyaḥ (Apś. grāhyo devānām) # KS.35.10; Apś.14.26.1.
indrasya gharmo atithiḥ # TS.1.6.12.2d; MS.4.12.2d: 181.16; KS.8.16d; TA.1.8.8d; Aś.4.7.4d; śś.5.10.32d.
indrasya ca tvā kṣatrasya caujasā juhomy ojodām # MS.4.7.3: 96.7. P: indrasya ca tvā kṣatrasya caujasā juhomi Mś.7.2.2.21.
indrasya carṣaṇīdhṛtaḥ (MS. -ṇīsahaḥ) # RV.3.37.4c; AVś.20.19.4c; MS.4.12.3c: 184.6. Cf. mitrasya etc.
indrasya caṣālam asi # MS.1.2.14: 23.13; 3.9.3: 117.13; Mś.1.8.2.13.
indrasya cāyuṣe 'vapat # VSK.3.9.5b; MG.1.21.6b. See under agner indrasya etc.
indrasya cā rabhāmahe # RV.6.57.5c.
indrasya cāvapac chiraḥ # śG.1.28.15d.
indrasya chadir asi viśvajanasya chāyā # VS.5.28; śB.3.6.1.22. P: indrasya chadiḥ Kś.8.6.10.
indrasya jaṭharam asi # Apś.12.19.5; Mś.2.3.7.1. P: indrasya TS.3.2.3.2; Apś.12.18.20.
indrasya jātasya pra papāta nābhiḥ # AVP.3.39.6a.
indrasya tatra bāhū # AVś.6.99.2c.
indrasya tanvaṃ (TS. tanuvaṃ) priyām # TS.7.4.20.1b; KSA.4.9b. See priyām indrasya.
indrasya tigmam āyudham # AVP.7.11.8c.
indrasya tu yathendrāṇī # RVKh.10.85.4a.
indrasya tṛtīyā # VS.25.4; MS.3.15.5: 179.3.
indrasya te adhaspadam # AVP.7.18.7c. Cf. indra sa te.
indrasya te vīryakṛto bāhū upāvaharāmi # TB.2.7.15.6. P: indrasya te vīryakṛtaḥ Apś.22.28.14. See indrasya vāṃ.
indrasya trātur ahaṃ devayajyayā trāto bhūyāsam # Apś.4.10.1.
indrasya triṣṭub iha bhāgo ahnaḥ # RV.10.130.5b.
indrasya tvaṃ tava vayaṃ sakhāyaḥ # RV.9.97.43d.
indrasya tvā (sc. vratapate vratenādadhe) # Kś.4.9.3. Vikāra of amuṣya tvā etc. See indrasya tvā marutvato, and indrasya tvendriyeṇa.
indrasya tvā cakṣuṣā paśyāmi # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya tvā jaṭhare sādayāmi (Aś. dadhāmi; GB.Kauś. sādayāmi varuṇasyodare) # VSK.2.3.7; KB.6.14; GB.2.1.2; Aś.1.13.1; śś.4.7.14; Lś.4.11.14; Apś.3.19.7; 20.1; Kauś.65.14. See brahmaṇendrasya, and cf. next.
indrasya tvā jaṭhare sādayāmīti # AVP.9.21.11. Cf. prec.
indrasya tvā bāhubhyām udyache # TS.1.1.2.2; MS.1.1.2: 2.3; 4.1.2: 4.1; KS.1.2; 31.1; TB.3.2.2.8; Apś.1.4.15; Mś.1.1.1.47.
indrasya tvā bhāgaṃ somenā tanacmi (VSK. tanakmi) # VS.1.4; VSK.1.2.4; KS.1.3; 31.2; śB.1.7.1.19. P: indrasya tvā Kś.4.2.33. See indrāya tvā bhāgaṃ, and somena tvātanacmī-.
indrasya tvā marutvato vratenādadhe # MS.1.6.1: 86.8; 1.6.2: 87.4; 1.6.5: 94.15; KS.8.4. P: indrasya tvā Mś.1.5.3.14. See under indrasya tvā.
indrasya tvā vajreṇābhi tiṣṭhāmi (ApMB. vajreṇa ni dadhāmy asau) # PG.3.15.3; ApMB.2.21.31 (ApG.8.22.1). See next.
indrasya tvā vajreṇābhy upa viśāmi # HG.1.12.4. See prec.
indrasya tvā varmaṇā pari dhāpayāmaḥ # AVś.19.46.4a; AVP.4.23.4a.
indrasya tvā sāmrājyenābhi ṣiñcāmi # VSK.10.5.8; TS.5.6.3.3; TB.1.3.8.3. P: indrasya Apś.17.19.8. Cf. under indraṃ sām-, and next but three.
indrasya tvāsyena prāśnāmi # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya tvā hastābhyām ā rabhe # AVP.9.21.11.
indrasya tvendriyeṇa vratapate vratenādadhāmi # TB.1.1.4.8; Apś.5.11.7. See under indrasya tvā.
indrasya tvendriyeṇaujase balāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # MS.3.11.8: 151.14. Cf. prec. but three.
indrasya tvaujasā sādayāmi # VS.13.14; MS.2.7.15: 98.4; KS.16.15; śB.7.4.1.42; Apś.16.22.5; Mś.6.1.7.6. P: indrasya tvā Kś.17.4.13.
indrasya dūtīr iṣitā carāmi # RV.10.108.2a.
indrasya dhṛṣitaṃ sahaḥ # ā.5.2.1.3d. See next but one.
indrasya dhruvo 'si (TS.Apś. dhruvam asi) # VS.5.30; TS.1.3.1.2; 6.2.10.7; MS.1.2.11: 21.6; KS.2.12; 25.10; śB.3.6.1.25; Apś.11.10.15; Mś.2.2.3.29.
indrasya nādhṛṣe śavaḥ # AVś.6.33.2d. See prec. but one.
indrasya nāma gṛhṇantaḥ # AVś.19.35.1a; AVP.11.4.1a.
indrasya niṣkāṣaḥ # MS.1.10.1: 140.15. See niṣkāṣo.
indrasya nu vīryāṇi pra vocam (AVś. nu prā vocaṃ vīryāṇi) # RV.1.32.1a; AVś.2.5.5a; AVP.12.12.1a; ArS.3.2a; MS.4.14.13a: 237.7; AB.3.24.10; 5.17.1; KB.15.4; 20.4; 24.2; TB.2.5.4.1a; ā.5.2.2.3; N.7.2,3. P: indrasya nu vīryāṇi TB.2.8.4.3; Aś.5.15.22; 8.6.12; 9.8.21 (comm.); śś.7.20.8; 10.13.14; 18.19.2 (comm.); Svidh.3.6.5. Cf. BṛhD.3.104. Designated as hairaṇyastūpīya (sc. sūkta) śś.10.13.14,15; 18.19.2; Rvidh.1.18.1. Cf. indrasya vocaṃ.
indrasya nu sukṛtaṃ daivyaṃ sahaḥ # RV.10.100.6a.
indrasya nṛmṇaṃ stha # AVś.10.5.1--6.
indrasya pariṣūtam asi # KS.1.2; 31.1.
indrasya pātha upehi # KS.1.12. See indrasya priyaṃ.
indrasya prathamo rathaḥ # AVś.10.4.1a; Kauś.139.8. P: indrasya prathamaḥ Kauś.32.20.
indrasya prāṇas sa te prāṇaṃ dadātu yasya prāṇas tasmai te svāhā # KS.11.7. P: indrasya prāṇaḥ KS.11.8. See next.
indrasya prāṇo 'si # TS.2.3.10.1; 11.3; MS.2.3.4: 30.18; Mś.5.2.2.5. See prec.
indrasya priyam amṛtam apāyi # RV.6.44.16b.
indrasya priyaṃ pātha upehi (and pātho apīhi) # TS.3.3.3.1,3. See indrasya pātha.
indrasya balaṃ stha # AVś.10.5.1--6.
indrasya balāya svāhā # TS.1.8.15.2; KS.15.8. See indrasyendriyāya, and indrasyaujase.
indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇaḥ sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejāḥ # VS.1.24; TS.1.1.9.1; MS.1.1.10: 5.12; KS.1.9; 31.8; śB.1.2.4.6; TB.3.2.9.1. Ps: indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇaḥ TS.1.1.11.1; MS.1.1.12: 7.11; TB.3.3.6.9; Apś.2.1.1; indrasya bāhur asi Mś.1.2.4.7; 1.2.6.8; indrasya bāhuḥ Kś.2.6.13. Fragment: sahasrabhṛṣṭiḥ śatatejāḥ MS.4.1.10: 12.14.
indrasya bāhur asi dakṣiṇo viśvasyāriṣṭyai (KS. dakṣiṇo yajamānasya paridhiḥ) # VS.2.3; KS.1.11; śB.1.3.4.3.
indrasya bāhū sthavirau vṛṣāṇau (SV. yuvānau) # AVś.19.13.1a; AVP.7.4.1a; SV.2.1219a; GB.2.1.18. First stanza of the apratiratha-hymn in the Atharvan version: see under apratiratha, and āśuḥ śiśāno.
indrasya bāhvor bhūyiṣṭham ojaḥ # RV.8.96.3b.
indrasya bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyenābhi ṣiñcāmi # TS.1.7.10.3. Cf. under indraṃ sām-, and bṛhaspateṣ ṭvā.
indrasya brahmacāry asi # śB.11.5.4.2; PG.2.2.20.
indrasya bhadrikā vīrut # AVP.8.7.11c.
indrasya bhāga ṛtayuḥ śatāyuḥ # TB.2.4.5.1b.
indrasya bhāgam ṛtviyam # RV.10.179.1b; AVś.7.72.1b.
indrasya bhāga stha # AVś.10.5.8. Cf. next but one.
indrasya bhāgaḥ suvite dadhātana # Apś.7.17.2a. See indrāya bhāgaṃ pari.
indrasya bhāgo 'si # VS.14.24; TS.4.3.9.1; 5.3.4.2; MS.2.8.5: 109.9; KS.17.4; 21.1; śB.8.4.2.4; Mś.6.2.1.24. P: indrasya bhāgaḥ Kś.17.10.14. Cf. prec. but one.
indrasya manmahe śaśvad id asya manmahe # AVś.4.24.1a. See indrasya manve prathamasya, and indrasya manve śaśvad.
indrasya manyave jālmāḥ # AVś.12.4.51c.
indrasya manve prathamasya pracetasaḥ # TS.4.7.15.1a; MS.3.16.5a: 190.10; KS.22.15a. See next, and indrasya manmahe.
indrasya manve śaśvad yasya manvire # AVP.4.39.1a. See prec., and indrasya manmahe.
indrasya muṣṭir asi vīḍayasva # RV.6.47.30d; AVś.6.126.2d; AVP.15.11.10d; VS.29.56d; TS.4.6.6.7d; MS.3.16.3d: 187.11; KSA.6.1d.
indrasya muṣṭir marutām anīkam # AVP.15.12.4b. See under indrasyaujo marutām.
indrasya yanti jaṭharaṃ supeśasaḥ # RV.9.81.1b.
indrasya yantu prasave visṛṣṭāḥ # RV.8.100.12d.
indrasya yasya sumakhaṃ saho mahi # RV.10.50.1c; VS.33.23c; N.11.9c.
indrasya yāḥ prasave sasrur āpaḥ # RV.10.111.8b.
indrasya yā mahī dṛṣat # AVś.2.31.1a; AVP.2.15.1a. P: indrasya yā mahī Kauś.27.14.
indrasya yāhi niṣkṛtam # RV.9.64.15b; SV.2.193b.
indrasya yāhi prasave manojavāḥ # AVś.6.92.1b. See indrasyeva dakṣiṇaḥ.
indrasya yujyaḥ sakhā # RV.1.22.19c; AVś.6.51.1c; 7.26.6c; SV.2.1021c; VS.6.4c; 10.31c; 13.33c; 19.3c (bis); TS.1.3.6.2c; 8.21.1c; MS.1.2.14c: 23.19; 2.3.8c: 36.2; 3.11.7c (bis): 150.7,9; KS.3.3c; 12.9c; 16.16c; TB.2.6.1.2c,3c; śB.3.7.1.17c; 5.5.4.22c; 7.5.1.25c; 12.7.3.9c,10c.
indrasya yuñjate dhiyaḥ # TB.2.5.3.2c.
indrasya yonir asi # VS.4.10; TS.1.2.2.2; 6.1.3.7; MS.1.2.2: 11.5; 2.6.11: 70.11; 4.4.5: 55.5; KS.2.3; 15.7; 23.4; śB.3.2.1.29; Apś.10.9.17; Mś.2.1.2.10; 9.1.3.24. P: indrasya yoniḥ Kś.7.3.31.
indrasya yonir asi janadhāḥ # Apś.18.16.9. Cf. MS.2.6.11: 70.11; 4.4.5: 55.5.
indrasya rantyaṃ bṛhat # AVś.6.33.1c; ArS.1.3c; ā.5.2.1.2; śś.18.3.2c.
indrasya rādhaḥ prayataṃ puru tmanā # TB.2.5.8.12a.
indrasya rūpaṃ varuṇo bhiṣajyan # VS.19.80d; MS.3.11.9d: 153.2; KS.38.3d; TB.2.6.4.1d.
indrasya rūpaṃ śatamānam āyuḥ # VS.19.93c; MS.3.11.9c: 154.14; KS.38.3c; TB.2.6.4.6c.
indrasya rūpam ṛṣabho balāya # VS.19.91a; MS.3.11.9a: 154.8; KS.38.3a; TB.2.6.4.5a.
indrasya rūpam ṛṣabho vasānaḥ # AVś.9.4.7c.
indrasya va indriyāvato devatābhir gṛhṇāmi # KS.39.1; Apś.16.32.7.
indrasya va indriyeṇābhi ṣiñcet # AVś.16.1.9.
indrasya vacasā vayam # AVś.6.85.2a; Kauś.6.17a.
indrasya vacasā hata # AVś.5.8.4b. Cf. indrasyaujasā.
indrasya vajra āyaso nimiślaḥ # RV.8.96.3a.
indrasya vajraṃ haviṣā rathaṃ yaja # RV.6.47.27d; AVś.6.125.2d; AVP.15.11.6d; VS.29.53d; TS.4.6.6.6d; MS.3.16.3d: 186.10; KSA.6.1d.
indrasya vajraḥ śnathitā hiraṇyayaḥ # RV.1.57.2d; AVś.20.15.2d.
indrasya vajrāt tīkṣṇīyāṃsaḥ (AVP. tekṣṇī-) # AVś.3.19.4c; AVP.3.19.3c.
indrasya vajrād abibhed abhiśnathaḥ # RV.10.138.5c.
indrasya vajro apa hantu rakṣasaḥ # AVś.2.3.6b; AVP.1.3.4a.
indrasya vajro marutām anīkam # RV.6.47.28a; AVP.15.11.7a; VS.29.54a; TS.4.6.6.6a; MS.3.16.3a: 186.11; KSA.6.1a. See under indrasyaujo marutām.
indrasya vajro vapuṣo vapuṣṭaraḥ (SV. -ṭamaḥ) # RV.9.77.1b; SV.1.556b.
indrasya vajro vṛṣabho vibhūvasuḥ # RV.9.72.7c.
indrasya vajro 'si # VS.10.21,28; śB.5.4.3.4; 4.15--19; Apś.17.9.5; 18.3.1; 14.10; 17.1,10; 18.14; HG.1.11.7. P: indrasya vajraḥ Kś.15.7.11.
indrasya vajro 'si vājasāḥ (MSṃś. vājasaniḥ) # VS.9.5; MS.2.6.11: 70.14; 4.4.5: 55.11; KS.15.8; śB.5.1.4.3; Mś.9.1.3.25. P: indrasya vajraḥ Kś.14.3.1.
indrasya vajro 'si vārtraghnaḥ # TS.1.7.7.1; 8.12.2; 15.1; 16.2; MS.2.6.9: 69.8; 4.4.3: 53.9; KS.15.7; TB.1.3.5.2; 7.6.8; 9.1; 10.5; Mś.9.1.3.12; ApMB.2.9.5. Cf. indrasya vārtraghnam.
indrasya vajro 'si vārtraghnas tanūpā naḥ pratispaśaḥ # TS.5.7.3.1; Apś.17.9.6.
indrasya varūtham asi # AVś.5.6.14; AVP.6.11.6; 6.12.2; KS.38.14; Apś.16.18.8.
indrasya vardhata priyaḥ # RV.10.25.10b.
indrasya varmāsi # AVś.5.6.13; AVP.6.11.6; 6.12.2; KS.38.14; Apś.16.18.8.
indrasya vāṃ vīryakṛto bāhū abhyupāvaharāmi (VSK. vāṃ bāhū vīryakṛtā upā-) # VS.10.25; VSK.11.7.5; śB.5.4.3.27. P: indrasya vām Kś.15.6.34. See indrasya te.
indrasya vāyuṃ sakhyāya vardhayan # SV.2.172d. See next but one.
indrasya vāyor abhi vītim arṣa # RV.9.97.25b.
indrasya vāyoḥ sakhyāya kartave # RV.9.86.20d. See prec. but one.
indrasya vārtraghnam asi # VS.10.8; śB.5.3.5.27. P: indrasya vārtraghnam Kś.15.5.17. Cf. indrasya vajro 'si vārtraghnaḥ.
indrasya vīryaṃ stha # AVś.10.5.1--6.
indrasya vṛtraghno vanve # AVś.6.82.1c.
indrasya vṛṣṇo varuṇasya rājñaḥ # RV.10.103.9a; AVś.19.13.10a; AVP.7.4.10a; SV.2.1207a; VS.17.41a; TS.4.6.4.3a; MS.2.10.4a: 136.8; KS.18.5a. P: indrasya vṛṣṇaḥ MS.4.14.13: 237.1.
indrasya vaimṛdhasyāhaṃ devayajyayāsapatno (Apś. adds vīryavān) bhūyāsam # Apś.4.10.1; Mś.1.4.2.6. See indrasyāhaṃ vi-.
indrasya vocaṃ pra kṛtāni vīryā # RV.2.21.3d. Cf. indrasya nu vīryāṇi.
indrasya vo balavato balena manyuṃ vi nayāmasi # AVP.2.68.2.
indrasya śatrur vardhasva svāhā # JB.2.155. See under indraśatrur vardhasva svāhā.
indrasya śardho maruto ya āsan # RV.3.32.4b.
indrasya śarmāsi # AVś.5.6.12; AVP.6.11.6; 6.12.2; KS.38.14; Apś.16.18.8.
indrasya śuco varuṇasya yāḥ śucaḥ # AVP.2.36.4c.
indrasya śuṣmam īrayann apasyubhiḥ # RV.9.76.2c; SV.2.579c. Cf. aindraḥ śuṣmo.
indrasya sakhyam amṛtatvam aśyām (RV. ānaśa) # RV.10.62.1b; TB.3.7.6.14d; Apś.4.8.4d.
indrasya sakhyam āviśan # RV.9.56.2c.
indrasya sakhyam ṛbhavaḥ sam ānaśuḥ # RV.3.60.3a.
indrasya sakhyaṃ pavate vivevidat # RV.9.86.9c.
indrasya sado 'si # TS.1.3.1.2; Apś.11.10.9.
indrasya samiṣo mahīḥ # RV.8.50 (Vāl.2).2b; AVś.20.51.4b.
indrasya saha stha # AVś.10.5.1--6.
indrasya sūno śavaso napātaḥ # RV.4.37.4c.
indrasya soma jaṭhare sam akṣaraḥ # RV.9.85.5d.
indrasya somaṃ jaṭhare yad āduhuḥ # RV.9.72.2b.
indrasya soma pavamāna ūrmiṇā # RV.9.76.3a; SV.2.580a.
indrasya soma rādhase # RV.9.8.3a; 60.4a; SV.2.530a.
indrasya syūr asi # VS.5.30; TS.1.3.1.2; 6.2.10.7; MS.1.2.11: 21.6; KS.2.12; 25.10; śB.3.6.1.25; Apś.11.10.15; Mś.2.2.3.28.
indrasya havyair jaṭharaṃ pṛṇānaḥ # VS.20.45c; MS.3.11.1c: 140.15; KS.38.6c; TB.2.6.8.4c.
indrasya hārdi somadhānam ā viśa # RV.9.70.9b; 108.16a.
indrasya hārdy āviśan # RV.9.60.3c.
indrasya hārdy (AVś. hārdim) āviśan manīṣibhiḥ (AVś. manīṣayā) # RV.9.86.19d; AVś.18.4.58d; SV.1.559d; 2.171d.
indrasyaikādaśī # VS.25.4,5; TS.5.7.21.1; MS.3.15.4: 179.2; 3.15.5: 179.5; KSA.13.11. Cf. indrāṇyā ekā-.
indrasyaujasā hata # AVP.7.18.5b. Cf. indrasya vacasā hata.
indrasyaujase svāhā # MS.2.6.12: 71.13; 4.4.6: 57.2. See under indrasya balāya.
indrasyaujaso bhiyasā jihāti # RV.5.32.9d.
indrasyauja stha # AVś.10.5.1--6; VS.37.6; śB.14.1.2.12; Kś.26.1.8. P: indrasyaujaḥ Kauś.49.3.
indrasyaujo marutām anīkam # AVś.6.125.3a; GB.1.2.21; Vait.6.8. See indrasya muṣṭir marutām, and indrasya vajro marutām.
indrasyaujo varuṇasya bāhū # AVś.9.4.8a.
indrasyaujo 'si # KA.1.12; 2.12. See next.
indrasyaujo 'si prajāpate retaḥ # MS.4.9.1: 121.5. P: indrasyaujo 'si Apś.15.2.1; Mś.4.1.11. See prec.
indropānasyakehamanaso (Mś. aindro-) veśān kuru sumanasaḥ sajātān svāhā # Apś.3.10.2; Mś.1.3.5.14.
imasya pāhy andhasaḥ # RV.8.13.21b.
iṣṭasya duriṣṭasya (read sviṣṭasya duriṣṭasya ?) # Mś.3.5.7a.
iṣṭasya madhye aditir ni dhātu naḥ # RV.10.11.2c; AVś.18.1.19c.
iṣṭasya sadane sīdāmi # Kauś.3.7; 137.39.
iṣṭāpūrtasya ṣoḍaśam # AVś.3.29.1b.
ījānasya ny avartayan (Mś. nivartayan) # TB.1.5.5.6b; Apś.8.21.1b; Mś.1.7.8.8d.
ījānasya prayajyavaḥ # RV.6.48.20d.
īḍānāyāvasyave # RV.2.6.6a.
īḍyasya vṛṣṇo bṛhataḥ svāsaḥ # RV.10.3.4c.
īśānasya devasya patnīṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
īśānasya devasya patnyai svāhā # HG.2.8.7; ApMB.2.18.24 (ApG.7.20.4).
īśānasya devasya sutaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
ukhyasya ketuṃ prathamaṃ juṣāṇau (KS. -ṇā; TS. purastāt) # VS.14.1c; TS.4.3.4.1c; MS.2.8.1c: 106.8; KS.17.1c; śB.8.2.1.4.
ugrasya cid damitā vīḍuharṣiṇaḥ # RV.2.23.11d.
ugrasya cin manyave nā namante # RV.10.34.8c.
ugrasya cettuḥ saṃmanasaḥ sajātāḥ # AVś.6.73.1d.
ugrasya devasya patnīṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
ugrasya devasya patnyai svāhā # HG.2.8.7; ApMB.2.18.27 (ApG.7.20.4).
ugrasya devasya sutaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
ugrasya manyor ud imaṃ nayāmi # AVś.1.10.1d; AVP.1.9.1d.
ugrasya yūna (MS. yūnaḥ) sthavirasya ghṛṣveḥ # RV.3.46.1b; MS.4.14.14b: 238.7.
ugrasya sakhye tava # RV.8.4.7b; SV.2.955b.
utānyasya arātyā vṛko hi ṣaḥ # RV.9.79.3b.
utāmṛtasya tvaṃ vettha # AVś.4.9.3c. See prec.
utārasasya vṛkṣasya # AVś.4.6.6c; AVP.5.8.5c.
utāruṣasya vi ṣyanti dhārāḥ # RV.1.85.5c.
utāvamasya puruhūta bodhi # RV.6.21.5d.
utpāraṇasya yo veda # AVś.5.30.12c; AVP.9.14.2c.
utsasya madhye nihitaṃ padaṃ veḥ # RV.10.5.1d.
udagrābhasya namayan vadhasnaiḥ (SV. vadhasnum) # RV.9.97.15b; SV.2.158b.
udumbarasya śākhayā cakṣuṣā (AVP.15.23.4c, vicakṣuṣā) # AVP.15.23.3c,4c.
uparṣabhasya etc. # see upa ṛṣabhasya etc.
upastutasya vandate vṛṣā vāk # RV.10.115.8b.
urukramasya sa hi bandhur itthā # RV.1.154.5c; MS.4.12.1c: 179.5; TB.2.4.6.2c.
uruśaṃsasya varuṇa praṇetaḥ # RV.2.28.3b.
uluṅgulasya yo gṛhaḥ # AVP.15.18.6c.
ulūkhalasya budhnena # AVP.15.18.3b.
ṛgvedasya pṛthivī sthānam # GB.1.5.25a.
ṛṇaṃcayasya prayatā maghāni # RV.5.30.12c.
ṛtasya garbhaḥ (MS. dhāman; KS. dhāma) prathamā vyūṣuṣī # TS.4.3.11.5a; MS.2.13.10a: 160.12; KS.39.10a; PG.3.3.5a.
ṛtasya garbhaṃ januṣā (TB. haviṣā) pipartana # RV.1.156.3b; TB.2.4.3.9b.
ṛtasya garbho nihito yamā paraḥ # RV.9.68.5b.
ṛtasya gopā adhi etc. # see ṛtasya gopāv.
ṛtasya gopā na dabhāya sukratuḥ # RV.9.73.8a.
ṛtasya gopāv (MS. gopā) adhi tiṣṭhato ratham # RV.5.63.1a; MS.4.14.12a: 234.5.
ṛtasya goptrī tapasaḥ parasvī (ApMB.JG. paraspī; MG.VārG. -sas tarutrī) # SMB.1.6.28a; ApMB.2.2.10a (ApG.4.10.11); MG.1.22.7a; JG.1.12a; VārG.5.7a. P: ṛtasya goptrī GG.2.10.37.
ṛtasya jihvā pavate madhu priyam # RV.9.75.2a; SV.2.51a.
ṛtasya jyotiṣas patim # AVś.6.36.1b; SV.2.1058b; VS.26.6b; TS.1.5.11.1b; MS.4.11.1b: 160.11; KS.4.16b; Aś.8.10.3b; śś.3.3.5b.
ṛtasya jyotiṣas patī # RV.1.23.5b; SV.2.144b.
ṛtasya tantuṃ vitataṃ vivṛtya (VS. vicṛtya; AVś.AVP. dṛśe kam) # AVś.2.1.5b; AVP.2.6.5b; VS.32.12c; TA.10.1.4c; MahānU.2.6c.
ṛtasya tantuṃ manasā mimānaḥ # AVś.13.3.19c.
ṛtasya tantur vitataḥ pavitra ā # RV.9.73.9a. P: ṛtasya tantur vitataḥ VHDh.8.35.
ṛtasya te sadasīḍe antaḥ # RV.3.55.12c.
ṛtasya tvā jyotiṣe (Mś. -ṣe gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.5.2,5; Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā deva stoma pade viṣṇor dhāmani vimuñcāmi # PB.1.6.5. P: ṛtasya tvā Lś.2.11.1.
ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena pratimuñcāmi (KS. pratimuñcāmy amuṣmai juṣṭam; TS.Apś. pāśenārabhe) # VS.6.8; TS.1.3.8.1; MS.1.2.15: 24.11; KS.3.5; 26.8; śB.3.7.4.1; Apś.7.13.8. Ps: ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśena Mś.1.8.3.5; ṛtasya tvā Kś.6.3.27. See devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyām ṛtasya.
ṛtasya tvā mātrāyai gṛhṇāmi # Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā vidharmaṇe (Mś. -ṇe gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.5.2,4; Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā vibhūmane # TS.3.3.5.1,4.
ṛtasya tvā vyomane (Mś. -vyomne gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.5.1,4; Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā satyāya (Mś. -ya gṛhṇāmi) # TS.3.3.5.2,4; Mś.7.2.6.5.
ṛtasya tvā sadasi kṣemayantam # RV.3.7.2c.
ṛtasya tv enam āmutaḥ # MS.4.14.17d: 244.5. See ṛtasyartena mām.
ṛtasya dṛḍhā dharuṇāni santi # RV.4.23.9a.
ṛtasya devā anu vratā guḥ # RV.1.65.3a.
ṛtasya devīḥ sadaso budhānāḥ # RV.4.51.8c.
ṛtasya dvārau (PBḷś. dvārau stho) mā mā saṃtāptam # VS.5.33; PB.1.5.1; śś.6.12.13; Lś.2.3.9. Ps: ṛtasya dvārau sthaḥ Lś.2.4.1; ṛtasya dvārau Kś.9.8.20.
ṛtasya dharmann amṛtasya cāruṇaḥ # RV.9.110.4b; SV.2.858b.
ṛtasya dhāman (and dhāma) prathāmā etc. # see ṛtasya garbhaḥ etc.
ṛtasya dhāman raṇayanta devāḥ # RV.4.7.7b.
ṛtasya dhāma vi mime purūṇi # RV.10.124.3b.
ṛtasya dhāmno amṛtasya yoneḥ # TS.4.2.7.2b. See ṛtasya yoniṃ mahiṣasya, ghṛtasya dhārāṃ mahiṣasya, and yajñasya yonau.
ṛtasya dhārā anu tṛndhi pūrvīḥ # RV.5.12.2b.
ṛtasya dhārāḥ sudughā duhānāḥ # RV.7.43.4b.
ṛtasya dhītibhir dame # RV.9.111.2c; SV.2.942c.
ṛtasya dhītim ṛṣiṣāḍ avīvaśat # RV.9.76.4b.
ṛtasya dhītiṃ brahmaṇo manīṣām # RV.9.97.34b; SV.1.525b; 2.209b; JB.3.46b; N.14.14b.
ṛtasya dhītir vṛjināni hanti # RV.4.23.8b; N.10.41b.
ṛtasya dhenā anayanta sasrutaḥ # RV.1.141.1d.
ṛtasya naḥ patayo mṛḍayantu # RV.4.57.2d; TS.1.1.14.3d; KS.4.15d; 30.4d; Mś.7.2.6.7d; ApMB.2.18.48d; N.10.16d.
ṛtasya naḥ pathā naya # RV.10.133.6c.
ṛtasya nābhāv adhi (AVś. abhi) saṃ punāmi (AVś. punāti) # RV.10.13.3d; AVś.18.3.40d.
ṛtasya nābhir amṛtaṃ vi jāyate # RV.9.74.4b.
ṛtasya nāvam āruhad rajiṣṭhām # RV.9.89.2b.
ṛtasya patnīm avase huvema (AVś. havāmahe) # AVś.7.6.2b; VS.21.5b; TS.1.5.11.5b; KS.30.4b,5b; MS.4.10.1b: 144.10; Aś.2.1.29b; śś.2.2.14b.
ṛtasya pathā namasā miyedhaḥ # RV.10.70.2c.
ṛtasya pathā namasā vivāset # RV.10.31.2b.
ṛtasya pathā namasā haviṣmatā # RV.1.128.2b.
ṛtasya pathā paryehi # Apś.3.19.6; Mś.5.2.15.15.
ṛtasya pathā preta candradakṣiṇāḥ # VS.7.45; VSK.9.2.6; TS.1.4.43.2; 6.6.1.3; MS.1.3.37: 43.16; KS.4.9; 28.4; śB.4.3.4.16. P: ṛtasya pathā preta MS.4.8.2: 108.16; Mś.2.4.5.13.
ṛtasya pathā saramā vidad gāḥ # RV.5.45.8d.
ṛtasya pathi vedhā apāyi # RV.6.44.8a.
ṛtasya pathyā anu (VSK. upa) # RV.3.12.7c; SV.2.927c,1044c; VS.6.12; VSK.6.3.1.
ṛtasya padaṃ kavayo ni pānti # RV.10.5.2c. Cf. next but one.
ṛtasya pade adhi dīdyānam # RV.4.5.9c.
ṛtasya pade kavayo ni pānti # RV.10.177.2d; TA.3.11.4d,5d,11d; JUB.3.36.1d. Cf. prec. but one.
ṛtasya panthā asi devānāṃ chāyāmṛtasya nāma # TS.7.1.20.1; KSA.1.11.
ṛtasya panthāṃ na taranti duṣkṛtaḥ # RV.9.73.6d; AVP.6.11.3d.
ṛtasya panthām anu tisra āguḥ # AVś.8.9.13a; TS.4.3.11.1a; MS.2.13.10a: 160.5; KS.39.10a; ApMB.2.20.32a (ApG.8.22.5).
ṛtasya panthām anu paśya sādhu # AVś.18.4.3a.
ṛtasya panthām anvetavā u # RV.7.44.5b.
ṛtasya panthām anv eti sādhu # RV.1.124.3c; 5.80.4c.
ṛtasya panthām anv eti hotā # see next but one.
ṛtasya panthām anv emi sādhuyā # RV.10.66.13b.
ṛtasya panthām anv emi (Apś. eti) hotā # Aś.1.3.25; Apś.24.12.7d.
ṛtasya panthām anv eṣi vidvān # AVś.17.1.16d.
ṛtasya pastyasado adabdhān # RV.6.51.9b.
ṛtasya prathamā dvāḥ # AVś.9.3.22d.
ṛtasya preṣā ṛtasya dhītiḥ # RV.1.68.5a.
ṛtasya budhna uṣasām iṣaṇyan # RV.3.61.7a.
ṛtasya bodhy ṛtacit svādhīḥ # RV.4.3.4b.
ṛtasya brahma prathamota jajñe # TB.2.4.7.10c. See bhūtānāṃ brahmā.
ṛtasya bhāge yajamānam ābhajat # RV.1.156.5d.
ṛtasya manye manasā javiṣṭhā # RV.4.2.3b.
ṛtasya māne adhi yā dhruvāṇi # AVP.1.101.1c.
ṛtasya mā pradiśo vardhayanti # RV.8.100.4c.
ṛtasya mitrāvaruṇā pathā vām # RV.7.65.3c.
ṛtasya yā abhirakṣanti gopāḥ # RV.1.163.5d; VS.29.16d; TS.4.6.7.2d; KS.40.6d.
ṛtasya yāti pathibhiḥ kanikradat # RV.9.86.33b.
ṛtasya yāḥ sadane kośe aṅgdhve # RV.10.100.10b.
ṛtasya yoge vanuṣaḥ # RV.3.27.11b.
ṛtasya yoge vi ṣyadhvam ūdhaḥ # RV.10.30.11c; N.6.22c.
ṛtasya yonayo 'mṛtasya dhāma # RVKh.9.67.15a.
ṛtasya yonā iha etc. # see ṛtasya yonāv etc.
ṛtasya yonā kṣayataḥ samokasā # RV.10.65.8b.
ṛtasya yonā garbhe sujātam # RV.1.65.4b.
ṛtasya yonā mahiṣā aheṣata # RV.9.86.25d. Cf. ṛtasya yonau mahiṣā.
ṛtasya yonāv aśayad damūnāḥ # RV.3.1.11c.
ṛtasya yonā vighṛte madantī # RV.3.54.6b.
ṛtasya yonāv (VSKṃS.KSA. yonā) iha sādayāmi # VS.29.6d; VSK.31.6d; TS.5.1.11.3d; MS.3.16.2d: 184.9; KSA.6.2d.
ṛtasya yonā vṛṣabhasya nīḍe # RV.4.1.12b.
ṛtasya yonā sadane punarbhuvaḥ # RV.9.72.6d.
ṛtasya yonā sam aranta nābhayaḥ # RV.9.73.1b.
ṛtasya yoniṃ vimṛśanta āsate # RV.10.65.7b.
ṛtasya yonim āsadaḥ # RV.5.21.4d.
ṛtasya yonim āsadam # RV.3.62.13c; 9.8.3c; 64.22c; TS.1.3.4.2d. See arkasya etc., and devānāṃ etc.
ṛtasya yoniṃ mahiṣasya dhārām # VS.12.105b; KS.16.14b; śB.7.3.1.23. See under ṛtasya dhāmno.
ṛtasya yonir amṛtaṃ vijāyate # KS.35.6b.
ṛtasya yonau tanvo juṣanta # RV.10.8.3d.
ṛtasya yonau mahiṣā agṛbhṇan (TS.KS.ApMB. ahinvan) # TS.4.2.2.2d; MS.2.7.9d: 86.10; KS.16.9d; ApMB.2.11.23d. See apām upasthe mahiṣā avardhan, and cf. apām upasthe mahiṣā agṛbhṇata, and ṛtasya yonā mahiṣā.
ṛtasya yonau sukṛtasya loke # RV.10.85.24c; AVś.14.1.19c; Kś.3.8.2c. Cf. uruṃ lokaṃ sugam, and dhātuś ca yonau.
ṛtasya yoṣā na mināti dhāma # RV.1.123.9c.
ṛtasya raśmim anuyachamānā # RV.1.123.13a.
ṛtasya raśmim ā dade # RV.5.7.3d; TS.2.1.11.3d; MS.4.12.4d: 187.12.
ṛtasyartam asi # TS.7.1.20.1; KSA.1.11.
ṛtasyartena mām uta (TA. ita) # TB.3.7.12.1d; TA.2.3.1d. See ṛtasya tv enam.
ṛtasyartena muñcata # AVś.6.114.1d; TB.2.4.4.8d.
ṛtasyartenādityāḥ # AVś.6.114.2a; TB.2.4.4.8a.
ṛtasyardhyāsam adya makhasya śiraḥ # KA.1.9--13; 2.9. See ṛdhyāsam adya makhasya, and makhasya te 'dya.
ṛtasya vakṣi pathibhī rajiṣṭhaiḥ # MS.4.13.7d: 208.11; KS.18.21d; TB.3.6.11.3d; N.8.19d.
ṛtasya vā keśinā yogyābhiḥ # RV.3.6.6a.
ṛtasya vār asi kṣayam # RV.1.132.3c.
ṛtasya vā vanuṣe pūrvyāya # RV.4.44.3c; AVś.20.143.3c.
ṛtasya vā sadasi trāsīthāṃ naḥ # RV.5.41.1c; MS.4.14.10c: 231.10.
ṛtasya vṛṣṇe asurāya manma # RV.5.12.1b.
ṛtasya vo rathyaḥ pūtadakṣān # RV.6.51.9a.
ṛtasya śuci darśatam anīkam # RV.6.51.1c.
ṛtasya śuṣmas turayā u gavyuḥ # RV.4.23.10b.
ṛtasya śṛṅgam urviyā vi paprathe # RV.8.86.5b.
ṛtasya śloko badhirā tatarda # RV.4.23.8c; N.10.41c. Cf. BṛhD.2.43.
ṛtasya sadane sīdāmi # PB.1.2.2; Kauś.3.7; 137.39. P: ṛtasya sadane Lś.1.9.17.
ṛtasya sadma vi carāmi vidvān # RV.3.55.14c.
ṛtasya sānāv adhi cakramāṇāḥ # RV.10.123.3c.
ṛtasya sānāv adhi viṣṭapi bhrāṭ # RV.10.123.2c.
ṛtasya sā payasāpinvateḍā # RV.3.55.13c.
ṛtasya sāman raṇayanta devāḥ # RV.1.147.1d.
ṛtasya sāman saram ārapantī # VS.22.2d; TS.4.1.2.1d; 7.1.11.1d; MS.3.12.1d: 159.14; KSA.1.2d; TB.3.8.3.4.
ṛtasya hi dhenavo vāvaśānāḥ # RV.1.73.6a.
ṛtasya hi prasitir dyaur uru vyacaḥ # RV.10.92.4a.
ṛtasya hi vartanayaḥ sujātam # RV.10.5.4a.
ṛtasya hi śurudhaḥ santi pūrvīḥ # RV.4.23.8a; Aś.9.7.36; N.6.16; 10.41a. P: ṛtasya hi śurudhaḥ śś.14.16.10.
ṛtasya hi sadaso dhītir adyaut # RV.10.111.2a.
ṛṣabhasya vaśeva # AVś.7.113.2d.
ṛṣvavīrasya bṛhataḥ patir bhūḥ # RV.1.52.13b.
ekasya cit tyajasaṃ martyasya # RV.10.10.3b; AVś.18.1.3b.
ekasya cin me vibhv astv ojaḥ # RV.1.165.10a; MS.4.11.3a: 169.10; KS.9.18a; Aś.9.5.16.
ekasya śruṣṭau yad dha codam āvitha # RV.2.13.9b.
etasya tvaṃ prajanaya # GB.2.6.8. Cf. etaṃ tvaṃ prajanaya.
etasya tvaṃ pratiṣṭhāṃ kalpaya # AB.6.29.5; GB.2.6.8.
etasya tvaṃ prāṇān kalpaya # AB.6.27.14; GB.2.6.8.
etasya vittād # VS.6.2; śB.3.7.1.9. See tasya vittāt.
endrasya kukṣā pavate madintamaḥ # RV.9.80.3a.
endrasya jaṭhare (SV. jaṭharaṃ) viśa # RV.9.66.15c; SV.2.559.
endrasya pītaye viśa # RV.9.65.14c.
endrasya hārdi kalaśeṣu sīdati # RV.9.84.4d.
evāvadasya yajatasya sadhreḥ # RV.5.44.10b.
evonmattasya te mune # AVP.5.17.4c.
aindropānasyakehamanaso etc. # see indro-.
audumbarasya tejasā # AVś.19.31.3c; AVP.10.5.3c.
auṣasyai svāhā # Kauś.101.2.
karśaphasya (AVP. karṣa-) viśaphasya # AVś.3.9.1a; AVP.3.7.2a. P: karśaphasya Kauś.43.1.
kaśyapasya gayasya ca # AVś.1.14.4b; AVP.1.15.4b.
kaśyapasya cakṣur asi # AVś.4.20.7a; AVP.8.6.6a.
kaśyapasya jyotiṣā varcasā ca # AVś.17.1.27b,28b.
kaśyapasya tryāyuṣam # AVś.5.28.7b; AVP.2.59.5b; VS.3.62b; VSK.3.9.4a; śG.1.28.9b; SMB.1.6.8b; ApMB.2.7.2b; HG.1.9.6b; MG.1.1.24b. Cf. KālāgU.1. See jamadagnes etc.
kaśyapasya pratisaraḥ # AVP.2.64.3a.
kaśyapasya vībarheṇa (AVP. vivṛheṇa) # AVś.2.33.7d; AVP.4.7.8c.
kaśyapasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
kaśyapasya svarvidaḥ # SV.1.361a.
kasya kratvā marutaḥ kasya varpasā # RV.1.39.1c.
kasya dhvasrā bhavathaḥ kasya vā narā # RV.10.40.3c.
kasya nūnaṃ katamasyāmṛtānām # RV.1.24.1a; AB.7.16.3; śś.15.22. Cf. Rvidh.1.17.9; BṛhD.3.98.
kasya nūnaṃ parīṇasaḥ (SV. parīṇasi) # RV.8.84.7a; SV.1.34a.
kasya brahmacāry asi (ApMB. asy asau) # AG.1.20.8; PG.2.2.19; ApMB.2.3.29 (ApG.4.11.2); MG.1.22.5.
kasya brahmāṇi jujuṣur yuvānaḥ # RV.1.165.2a; MS.4.11.3a: 168.8; KS.9.18a.
kasya brahmāṇi raṇyathaḥ # RV.5.74.3c.
kasya mātrā na vidyate # VS.23.47d; Aś.10.9.2d; śś.16.5.1d.
kasya yuktasyāsya srakvāt # AVP.13.8.4d.
kasya vṛṣā sute sacā # RV.8.93.20a; TB.2.4.5.1a; 7.13.1a. P: kasya vṛṣā Apś.22.27.15.
kasya svit putra iha vaktvāni # RV.6.9.2c.
kasya svit savanaṃ vṛṣā # RV.8.64.8a.
kānītasya surādhasaḥ # RV.8.46.24b.
kābavasya viṣkandhasya # AVP.1.58.4a.
kāmasya tṛptim ānandam # TB.2.4.6.5c.
kāmasya tvā sannamā apidadhāmi # KS.37.13.
kāmasya brahmacaryasyāsau (read brahmacāry asy asau ?) # śG.2.4.2.
kāmasya yatrāptāḥ kāmāḥ # RV.9.113.11c.
kāmasyendrasya varuṇasya rājñaḥ # AVś.9.2.6a. See somasyendrasya.
kālmāṣeyasya carkṛdhi # AVP.5.34.8c.
kīnāśasya śramāt svedāt # AVP.11.10.9c.
kuruṅgasya diviṣṭiṣu # RV.8.4.19b; N.6.22.
kuvitsasya pra hi vrajam # RV.6.45.24a; AVś.20.78.3a; SV.2.1018a.
kuṣṭhasya naladasya ca # AVś.6.102.3b; AVP.2.77.3b.
kṛtasya kāryasya ca # AVś.3.24.5c; AVP.5.30.5d.
kṛṣṇasya stuvato narā # RV.8.85.4b.
keśenaikasya devasya # AVP.5.38.8c.
kauśikasya yathā satī # RVKh.10.85.5c.
krandenāśvasya vājinaḥ # AVP.13.4.7c.
krayasya rūpaṃ somasya # VS.19.13c.
krāṇasya svasminn añjasi # RV.1.132.2c.
kṣatrasya jarāyv asi # VS.10.8; śB.5.3.5.21. P: kṣatrasya Kś.15.5.15.
kṣatrasya tvā paraspāya brahmaṇas tanvaṃ pāhi # VS.38.19; śB.14.3.1.9. P: kṣatrasya tvā Kś.26.7.6. Cf. brahmaṇas tvā pa-.
kṣatrasya tvaujase yantrāya dhartrāya gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.6.1.2.
kṣatrasya nābhir asi # VS.10.8; 20.1; TS.1.8.16.1; MS.2.6.9: 69.3; 4.4.3: 52.12; KS.15.7; 38.4; śB.5.3.5.23; 12.8.3.8; TB.1.7.10.2; 2.6.5.1; Apś.18.18.6; Mś.9.1.3.9.
kṣatrasya yonim ā sīda # VS.10.26; śB.5.4.4.4.
kṣatrasya yonir asi # VS.10.8,26; 20.1; TS.1.7.9.1; 8.12.2; 16.1; MS.2.6.9: 69.3; 4.4.3: 52.12; KS.15.7; 38.4; śB.5.3.5.22; 4.4.3; 12.8.3.8; TB.1.7.6.4; 10.2; 2.6.5.1; Apś.18.5.8; 14.1; Mś.9.1.3.8. P: kṣatrasya yoniḥ Kś.15.7.2; 19.4.7.
kṣatrasya rājā varuṇo 'dhirājaḥ # TB.3.1.2.7a.
kṣayadvīrasya tava rudra mīḍhvaḥ # RV.1.114.3b; KS.40.11b; Apś.17.22.1b.
kṣayasya vṛktabarhiṣaḥ # RV.5.9.2b.
kṣīrasya codakasya ca # AVś.1.15.4b; AVP.1.24.2b.
kṣetrasya pataye namaḥ # MS.2.9.3: 122.12. See kṣetrāṇāṃ etc.
kṣetrasya pataye svāhā # TS.1.8.13.3; MS.2.6.11: 70.9; KS.15.7.
kṣetrasya patinā vayam # RV.4.57.1a; TS.1.1.14.2a; MS.4.11.1a: 160.3; KS.4.15a; Aś.9.11.14; AG.2.10.4; ApMB.2.18.47a (ApG.7.20.16); N.10.15a. P: kṣetrasya patinā śś.15.8.15; śG.4.13.5; Rvidh.2.14.4. Cf. BṛhD.5.7.
kṣetrasya patiṃ prativeśam īmahe # RV.10.66.13c.
kṣetrasya patir madhumān no astu # RV.4.57.3c; AVś.20.143.8c; MS.4.11.1c: 160.6.
kṣetrasya pate madhumantam ūrmim # RV.4.57.2a; TS.1.1.14.3a; KS.4.15a; 30.4a (bis); Aś.9.11.15; Mś.7.2.6.7a; ApMB.2.18.48a (ApG.7.20.16); N.10.16a. P: kṣetrasya pate HG.2.9.11.
kṣetrasya patnī adhi no bruvāthaḥ (TS. brūyātam; KS. adhi vocataṃ naḥ) # TS.4.7.15.6b; MS.3.16.5b: 192.3; KS.22.15b.
kṣetrasya patnī suhavā no astu # AVP.10.6.11b.
kṣetrasya patny urugāyo 'dbhutaḥ (AVP. adbhutaḥ) # AVś.2.12.1b; AVP.2.5.1b.
kṣetrasya sātā tanayasya jinvathaḥ # RV.1.112.22b.
kṣemasya ca prayujaś ca tvam īśiṣe śacīpate # RV.8.37.5a.
kṣemasya patnī bṛhatī suvāsāḥ # PG.3.4.4a.
gandharvasya dhruve pade # RV.1.22.14c.
gandharvasya praty āsnā rihanti # AVś.7.73.3d; Aś.4.7.4d; śś.5.10.23d.
gandharvasya viśvāvasor mukham asi # śG.1.19.2.
garuḍasya jātamātreṇa # RVKh.1.191.3a.
gāyatrasya chandaso 'gneḥ śīrṣṇāgneḥ śirā upa dadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.10. See gāyatreṇa chandasāgninā.
gāyatrasya prabharmaṇi # RV.1.79.7b; SV.2.874b.
gāyatrasya samidhas tisra āhuḥ # RV.1.164.25c; AVś.9.10.3c.
gṛtsasya dhīrās tavaso vi vo made # RV.10.25.5c.
gṛtsasya pākas tavaso manīṣām # RV.10.28.5b.
gṛhasya budhna āsīnāḥ # AVś.2.14.4c; AVP.5.1.4c.
gairikṣitasya kratubhir nu saśce # RV.5.33.8d.
godhūmasya tilasya ca # AVP.9.11.12b.
gopājihvasya tasthuṣo virūpā # RV.3.38.9c.
gaurasya yaḥ payasaḥ pītim ānaśe # RV.10.100.2c.
gharmasya tanvau gāya # Kś.26.4.10.
gharmasya yaja # MS.4.9.9: 129.3; śB.14.2.2.15; TA.5.8.2; śś.5.10.17; Kś.26.6.3; Apś.15.10.11; Mś.4.3.25.
gharmasya vratena tapasā yaśasyavaḥ (AVP. -tena yaśasā tapasyayā) # AVś.4.11.6d; AVP.3.25.6d.
gharmasyaikā savitaikāṃ ni yachati (MS.KS. yachate; PG. yachatu) # TS.4.3.11.5d; MS.2.13.10d: 160.13; KS.39.10d; PG.3.3.5d.
ghṛtasya kulyā upa # VS.6.12; VSK.6.3.1. See next, and cf. under ājyasya kulyā.
ghṛtasya kulyām anu saha prajayā saha rāyas poṣeṇa (MS. anu saha rāyas poṣeṇa) # TS.1.3.8.2; 6.3.8.4; MS.1.2.16: 26.5; 3.10.1: 128.6; KS.3.6; 9.4; śB.3.8.2.3. See under prec.
ghṛtasya jūtiḥ samānā sadeva (AVP. jūtiḥ samanā sadevāḥ) # AVś.19.58.1a; AVP.1.110.1a. Designated as paippalāda-mantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
ghṛtasya dhārayā suśevaṃ kalpayāmi (Apś. -mi te) # TB.3.7.5.3b; Apś.2.10.6b; Mś.1.2.6.19b.
ghṛtasya dhārā abhi cākaśīmi # RV.4.58.5c; AVP.8.13.5c; VS.13.38c; 17.93c; TS.4.2.9.6c; MS.2.7.17c: 101.13; KS.16.16c; 40.7c; śB.7.5.2.11; Tā.10.40c; Apś.17.18.1c.
ghṛtasya dhārā abhi tat pavante # RV.4.58.9d; AVP.8.13.9d; VS.17.97d; KS.40.7d; Apś.17.18.1d.
ghṛtasya dhārā aruṣo na vājī # RV.4.58.7c; AVP.8.13.7c; VS.17.95c; KS.40.7c; Apś.17.18.1c.
ghṛtasya dhārā iha yā varṣanti # Kauś.94.14a.
ghṛtasya dhārā upa yanti viśvataḥ # RV.1.125.4d; TS.1.8.22.5d; MS.4.11.2d: 165.6; KS.11.12d.
ghṛtasya dhārā madhumat pavante (AVś. pavantām) # RV.4.58.10d; AVś.7.82.1d; AVP.8.13.10d; VS.17.98d; KS.40.7d; Apś.17.18.1d.
ghṛtasya dhārām amṛtasya panthām # TS.2.3.10.2a; 11.3; KS.11.7a; Apś.19.24.4. See ghṛtasya panthām.
ghṛtasya dhārām amṛtena saṃbhṛtām # AVś.3.12.8b.
ghṛtasya dhārā mitrāvaruṇā # AVP.2.73.2a.
ghṛtasya dhārāṃ mahiṣasya yonim # MS.2.7.14b: 95.8. See under ṛtasya dhāmno.
ghṛtasya dhārāḥ samidho nasanta # RV.4.58.8c; AVP.8.13.8c; VS.17.96c; KS.40.7c; Apś.17.18.1c; N.7.17c.
ghṛtasya nāma guhyaṃ yad asti # RV.4.58.1c; AVP.8.13.1c; VS.17.89c; MS.1.6.2c: 87.14; KS.40.7c; TA.10.10.2c; Apś.5.17.4c; MahānU.9.12c.
ghṛtasya nirṇig anu vartate vām # RV.5.62.4c.
ghṛtasya panthām amṛtasya nābhim # MS.2.3.4a: 31.3. See ghṛtasya dhārām amṛtasya.
ghṛtasya yaja # KB.16.5; śB.4.4.2.4; śś.8.4.1,3; Kś.10.6.10; Apś.13.13.21; Mś.2.5.2.2,4.
ghṛtasya yonau sravathe madhūnām # RV.3.1.7b.
ghṛtasya vibhrāṣṭim anu vaṣṭi śociṣā # RV.1.127.1f; AVś.20.67.3f; VS.15.47f; KS.26.11f; 39.15f. See next.
ghṛtasya vibhrāṣṭim anu śukraśociṣaḥ # SV.1.465f; 2.1163f; TS.4.4.4.8f; MS.2.13.8f: 158.5. See prec.
ghṛtasya stokaṃ sakṛd ahna āśnām # RV.10.95.16c; śB.11.5.1.10c.
ghorasya sato viṣuṇasya cāruḥ # RV.4.6.6b; TS.4.3.13.1b.
cakṣurmantrasya durhārdaḥ # AVś.2.7.5c; 19.45.1c; AVP.15.4.1c.
cittasya mātā suhavā no astu # AVś.19.4.2b. See yajñasya mātā.
janamejayasya yajñānte # Mahābh.1.58.25c. See janmejayasya.
janasya gopā ajaniṣṭa jāgṛviḥ # RV.5.11.1a; SV.2.257a; VS.15.27a; TS.4.4.4.2a; MS.2.13.7a: 156.2; KS.39.14a; JB.3.62 (in fragments); KB.21.2; PB.12.8.1. P: janasya gopāḥ Aś.4.13.7; 7.7.4; śś.6.4.11; 11.7.12; Apś.17.10.6; Mś.1.5.1.24; 6.2.2.21.
janasya rātiṃ vanate sudānuḥ # RV.6.38.1d.
janitendrasya janitota viṣṇoḥ # RV.9.96.5d; SV.1.527d; 2.293d; JB.3.80d; N.14.12d.
janmejayasya (most mss. janam-) yajñānte # RVKh.1.191.5c. See janamejayasya etc.
jāgatasya chandaso 'gneḥ puchenāgneḥ pucham upa dadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.14. See jāgatena chandasā chandasāgneḥ, and jāgatena chandasā savitrā.
jātasya ca jāyamānasya ca kṣām # RV.1.96.7b.
jātasya ca yac cāpi ca vardhato me # RVKh.9.67.7c.
jātasya puruṣād adhi # AVś.19.6.16d; AVP.9.5.14d.
jātūṣṭhirasya pra vayaḥ sahasvataḥ # RV.2.13.11c.
jihīḍānasya rīradhaḥ # RV.1.25.2b.
juṣṭatarasya kuvid aṅga vedat # RV.8.96.11d.
jehamānasya svanayan niyudbhiḥ # RV.10.3.6b.
jyeṣṭhasya tvāṅgirasasya # AVP.5.30.9a.
jyeṣṭhasya dharmaṃ dyukṣor anīke # SV.1.537b. See next.
jyeṣṭhasya vā dharmaṇi kṣor anīke # RV.9.97.22b. See prec.
jyotiṣīmatasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
tatrāmṛtasya cakṣaṇam # AVś.5.4.3c; 6.95.1c; 19.39.6c--8c; AVP.7.10.6c--8c. Cf. yatrāmṛtasya.
tatrāmṛtasya cetanam # RV.1.170.4c.
tatrāmṛtasya puṣyam # AVś.5.4.4c; 6.95.2c.
tatrāmṛtasya rohaṇam # AVP.15.15.4c.
tanūjasya ca yat tvaci # AVś.1.23.4b; AVP.1.16.4b; TB.2.4.4.2b.
tapurjambhasya sudyuto gaṇaśriyaḥ # RV.8.23.4c.
tapyamānasya manaso 'dhi jajñiṣe # AVś.19.56.5d; AVP.3.8.5d.
tardasya maśakādyāḥ # AVP.1.59.2b.
tasya ṛksāmāny apsarasa iṣṭayo (MS. apsarasaḥ stavā) nāma # VS.18.43; MS.2.12.2: 145.8; śB.9.4.1.12. See tasyark-.
tasya ṛṣabhasyāṅgāni # AVś.9.4.11c.
tasya karta nibhañjanam # AVś.20.131.2.
tasya kāmaṃ vi vidhyata # AVP.1.37.3f,5f.
tasya kṣayaḥ pṛthur ā sādhur etu # RV.5.12.6c.
tasya gādham aśīmahi # RVKh.7.55.3d.
tasya guptaye daṃpatī saṃ śrayethām # AVś.6.122.3d; 12.3.7d. See tasmai go-.
tasya gṛhṇīta yat kṛtam # AVP.8.18.10c.
tasya goṣṭhaṃ vitāvata # AVP.10.1.5b.
tasya cakrā bhuvanāni viśvā # AVś.19.53.1d; AVP.11.8.1d.
tasya cakṣur vaiśvavyacasam # VS.13.56; TS.4.3.2.2; MS.2.7.19: 104.6; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.2.
tasya jyeṣṭhaṃ mahimānaṃ vahantīḥ # RV.2.35.9c; TS.2.5.12.1c; MS.4.12.4c: 188.4.
tasya ta idam un mṛje # TS.3.2.3.1,3.
tasya ta inda indriyāvata indrapītasya sarvagaṇaḥ sarvagaṇasyopahūta upahūtasya bhakṣayāmi # KS.35.11.
tasya ta indav indrapītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TB.3.7.10.6; Apś.14.29.2. Cf. indav indrapītasya, tasya ta indav indriyāvato, and tasya ta indreṇa.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato 'nuṣṭupchandaso harivataḥ sarvagaṇasya (Kś. -endriyāvato gāyatrachandasaḥ [also triṣṭupchandasaḥ, jagacchandasaḥ] sarvagaṇasya; PB.9.9.11, -endriyāvataḥ sarvagaṇasya) sarvagaṇa upahūta upahūtasya (Kś. -gaṇa upahūtasyopahūto) bhakṣayāmi # Kś.25.12.6,7; PB.1.6.1; 9.9.11. Cf. indav indrapītasya, and Vait.19.6.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato madhumato madhumataḥ sarvagaṇasya sarvagaṇa upahūtasyopahūtaṃ (read -pahuto ?) bhakṣayāmi # Mś.3.6.15.
tasya ta indav indrapītasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # śś.13.12.10.
tasya ta indav indriyāvato madhumato vicakṣaṇasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # JB.1.351. Cf. under tasya ta indav indrapītasya.
tasya ta indrapītasya triṣṭupchandasa upahūtasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.5.13.6.
tasya ta indrapītasyānuṣṭupchandasa upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Aś.6.3.22.
tasya ta indreṇa pītasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TA.4.21.1. Cf. tasya ta indav indrapītasya.
tasya ta iṣasya tveṣasya nṛmṇasya vratasya dakṣasya bhakṣīya svasya cāraṇasya ca śūdrasya cāryasya ca (Apś. nṛmṇasya yahvasya vratasya svasya vāraṇasya śūdrasya cāryasya ca bhukṣiṣīya) # MS.4.6.6: 88.20; Apś.13.16.8.
tasya ta iṣṭasya vītasya draviṇeha bhakṣīya # TS.5.6.8.6. Cf. tasya na iṣṭasya, tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya, and tasya meṣṭasya.
tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto (MS. tā upahūtā upahūtasya) bhakṣayāmi # MS.4.9.13: 134.9; Vait.25.14.
tasya ta upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi gāyatreṇa (traiṣṭubhena etc.) chandasā tejasā brāhmaṇavarcasena # Vait.19.16,17. Cf. tasya ta indav indrapītasyendriyāvato.
tasya ta ṛcaś ca yajūṃṣi ca sāmāni ca # KA.1.221; 3.221.
tasya tā upa# see prec. but two.
tasya tārkṣyaś cāriṣṭanemiś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.18; TS.4.4.3.2; MS.2.8.10: 115.6; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.19.
tasya tṛmpatam ahāhāhuhū svāhā # śś.4.10.1d. See tena tṛpyatam.
tasya te antakaḥ pitā # Kauś.135.9b.
tasya te 'kṣīyamāṇasya nirvapāmi (TB.Apś. add devayajyāyai) # TS.1.1.10.2; TB.3.3.3.5; Apś.2.6.1. See next.
tasya te 'kṣīyamāṇasya pinvamānasya pinvamānaṃ nirvapāmi # KS.1.10; Mś.1.2.3.25. See prec.
tasya te dattāṃ yasya (and yayoḥ) prāṇo 'si svāhā # TS.2.3.10.1.
tasya te dadatu yeṣāṃ prāṇo 'si svāhā # TS.2.3.10.1.
tasya te dadātu yasya prāṇo 'si svāhā # TS.2.3.10.1.
tasya te deva someṣṭayajuṣa stutastomasya śastokthasya harivantaṃ grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi # TS.1.4.28.1. See stutastomasya.
tasya te dyaur mahimā nakṣatrāṇi rūpam ādityas te tejaḥ # TS.7.5.16.1; KSA.5.11. Cf. next but one.
tasya te dhanur hṛdayaṃ mana iṣavaś cakṣur visargas taṃ tvā tathā veda # śś.4.20.1.
tasya te 'ntarikṣaṃ mahimāpo vayāṃsi rūpaṃ vāyuṣ ṭe tejaḥ # KSA.5.12. Cf. prec. but one.
tasya te padvad dhavirdhānam # MS.4.9.11: 131.11; TA.4.11.5.
tasya te pavitrapate pavitreṇa yajñaṃ śakeyam # MS.3.6.3: 63.1.
tasya te pavitrapate pavitreṇa yasmai kaṃ (VS.śB. -pate pavitrapūtasya yatkāmaḥ) pune # VS.4.4; TS.1.2.1.2; 6.1.1.9; MS.1.2.1: 10.10; KS.2.1; 23.1; śB.3.1.3.23. Ps: tasya te pavitrapate pavitreṇa Mś.2.1.1.41; tasya te pavitrapate Apś.10.7.13.
tasya te pṛthivī mahimauṣadhayo vanaspatayo rūpam agnis te tejaḥ # TS.7.5.17.1; KSA.5.13.
tasya te bhaktivāṃsaḥ syāma (MS.KS. bhaktivāno bhūyāsma) # AVś.6.79.3d; MS.1.5.3: 70.5; 1.5.10: 79.6; KS.7.3. See tasya te vayaṃ bhū-, and tasyās te bhakṣivāṇaḥ.
tasya te bhakṣīya # TS.1.6.1.2; 3.2.3.1,3; Apś.6.25.10. Cf. tasya te 'śīya.
tasya te māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca ṛtavaḥ parivatsarāḥ # MS.4.9.18: 135.9. See next.
tasya te māsāś cārdhamāsāś ca kalpantām # TA.4.19.1. See prec.
tasya te mṛtyupītasyāmṛtavataḥ svagākṛtasya madhumata upahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # TB.3.10.8.2.
tasya te ya ūnaṃ yo 'kṛtaṃ yo 'tiriktam adarśat tasya prāṇenāpyāyasva svāhā # Lś.2.1.10.
tasya te rasam ā dade # AVP.6.15.4d.
tasya te rātau yaśasaḥ syāma # AVś.6.39.2d.
tasya te vayaṃ svadhayā madema # TS.5.7.24.1d; KSA.5.16d.
tasya te vayaṃ bhūyiṣṭhabhājo bhūyāsma # Apś.6.25.10. See under tasya te bhakti-.
tasya te vasantaḥ śiraḥ # MS.4.9.18: 135.8; TB.3.10.4.1; TA.4.19.1.
tasya te vājino vayam # RV.9.65.9a.
tasya te vājipītasyopahūtasyopahūto (Lś. -pītasyopahūta upahūtasya) bhakṣayāmi # Aś.2.16.19; Lś.4.12.16. See next two, and vājy ahaṃ.
tasya te vājipītasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Vait.8.16. See under prec.
tasya te vājibhir bhakṣaṃkṛtasya vājibhiḥ sutasya vājipītasya vājinasyopahūtasyopahūto bhakṣayāmi # Apś.8.3.16. P: tasya te vājibhir bhakṣaṃkṛtasya Apś.8.7.10. See under prec. but one.
tasya te śarmann upadadyamāne # RV.6.49.13c.
tasya te 'śīya # ApMB.2.10.16 (ApG.5.13.18). Cf. tasya te bhakṣīya, and tan me 'śīya.
tasya trātā bhavasi tasya sakhā # RV.4.4.10c; TS.1.2.14.4c; MS.4.11.5c: 173.13; KS.6.11c.
tasya trīṇi prati śṛṇīhy agrā # RV.10.87.10b; AVś.8.3.10b.
tasya tvaṃ napād asi # AVP.4.17.3b.
tasya tvam asi niṣkṛtiḥ (AVP. bheṣajī) # AVś.5.5.4c; AVP.6.4.3c.
tasya tvaṃ pittam āsitha # AVś.1.24.1b; AVP.1.26.1b.
tasya tvaṃ prāṇenā pyāyasva # AVś.7.81.5b.
tasya tvaṣṭā vidadhad rūpam eti # VS.31.17c; MS.2.7.15c: 96.16; KS.39.2c; TA.3.13.1c; Apś.16.29.2c.
tasya dakṣiṇā apsarasa stavā nāma (TS. apsarasa stavāḥ; MS. apsarasā eṣṭayo nāma) # VS.18.42; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.6; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.11.
tasya devasya kruddhasyaitad āgaḥ # AVś.13.3.1e,2c--4c,5d,6e,7d,8c,9d--12d,13e,14e,15d,16e,17d,18e,19e,20c,21e,22c,23e,24d,25e.
tasya devasya praśiṣā carāmaḥ # AVś.6.133.1c. See yasya devasya praśiṣā.
tasya devā asan vaśe # VS.31.21d; TA.3.13.2d.
tasya devāḥ pṛthivī dyaur utāpaḥ # RV.10.88.2c.
tasya devāḥ pra tirantv āyuḥ # AVP.11.5.9c.
tasya devāḥ prasavaṃ yanti sarve # MS.4.14.14c: 239.8; TB.3.1.2.8c.
tasya devā devahūtiṃ juṣantām # AVP.15.6.7c.
tasya doham aśīmahi (KS. aśīya; Aś. aśīya te) # VS.38.28b; MS.4.9.13e: 134.8; KS.5.2; TB.3.7.9.4; śB.14.3.1.31; TA.4.21.1; Aś.5.13.6a; śś.7.16.8f.
tasya dyumāṃ asad rathaḥ # RV.8.31.3a. Cf. BṛhD.6.73 (B).
tasya dyumnitamaṃ yaśaḥ # RV.8.19.6b.
tasya dhīrāḥ parijānanti yonim # TA.3.13.2c. See tasya yoniṃ.
tasya na iṣṭasya prītasya draviṇehāgameḥ # VS.18.56. Cf. under tasya ta iṣṭasya.
tasya nakṣatrāṇy apsaraso bekurayo nāma (TS. apsaraso bekurayaḥ) # VS.18.40; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.4; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.9.
tasya nas tvaṃ bhuvaspate # AVś.10.5.45c; AVP.1.63.1c.
tasya nākṣas tapyate bhūribhāraḥ # RV.1.164.13c; AVś.9.9.11c.
tasya nāma mahad yaśaḥ # TA.10.1.2d; MahānU.1.10d. See yasya etc.
tasya nāmnā vṛścāmi (Mś. vṛścāvo) yo 'smān (Mś. asmān) dveṣṭi yaṃ ca vayaṃ dviṣmaḥ # Apś.11.15.1 (ter); Mś.2.3.7.2 (ter).
tasya no dehi sūrya # RVKh.1.50.2d; TB.3.7.6.22d; Apś.4.15.1d.
tasya no dhehi jīvase # AVś.11.4.9d; SV.2.1192c; Kauś.117.4c. See tato etc.
tasya no dhehi tvam asi pracetāḥ # AVP.2.68.6b.
tasya no rāsva # MS.1.5.3: 70.5; 1.5.10: 79.6; KS.7.3; Apś.6.25.10. See next, and tasya me rāsva.
tasya no rāsva tasya no dhehi (Aś. dāḥ) # AVś.6.79.3c; Aś.1.7.8d. See under prec., and cf. sa no rāsvājyānim.
tasya no veda ā bhara # RV.8.45.15c.
tasya paktā mucyatāṃ kilbiṣebhyaḥ # AVP.9.22.1b.
tasya patman dakṣuṣaḥ kṛṣṇajaṃhasaḥ # RV.1.141.7c.
tasya pade prathamaṃ jyotir ādade # Vait.6.1c.
tasya parṇāni lomāni # śB.14.6.9.30c; BṛhU.3.9.30c.
tasya pātāraṃ sacatāṃ purīṣam # AVP.1.13.4a.
tasya pūṣā prasave (TS. prasavaṃ) yāti vidvān (TS.KS. devaḥ) # RV.10.139.1c; VS.17.58c; TS.4.6.3.3c; MS.2.10.5c: 137.4; 3.3.8: 41.1; KS.18.3c; śB.9.2.3.12.
tasya pṛṣṭhe sīdatu jātavedāḥ # Mś.1.5.2.13c.
tasya prakṛtilīnasya # TA.10.10.3c; MahānU.10.8c.
tasya prajā apsaraso bhīruvaḥ (MS. bhīravo nāma) # TS.3.4.7.3; MS.2.12.2: 145.9.
tasya praśnaṃ tvaṃ jahi # AVP.2.16.5a. See next but two, and imām asya prāśaṃ.
tasya prāṇān saṃ bṛhat tasya prāṇān vi vṛha # AVP.3.25.14.
tasya prāṇo bhauvāyanaḥ # VS.13.54; TS.4.3.2.1; MS.2.7.19: 103.15; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.5.
tasya prāśaṃ tvaṃ jahi # AVś.2.27.7a. See under prec. but two.
tasya preṣo dīdiyus tam imā ṛcaḥ # RV.1.36.11c.
tasya phalāni tapasā nudantu # RVKh.5.87.6c.
tasya bhakṣam aśīmahi # MS.4.9.13: 134.8; TB.3.7.9.5; TA.4.21.1.
tasya bhakṣīya varcasaḥ # AVP.2.34.1d--3d.
tasya bhagena varcasā # AVś.3.22.6c.
tasya bharmaṇe bhuvanāya devāḥ # RV.10.88.1c; N.7.25c.
tasya bhājayateha naḥ # RV.10.9.2b; AVś.1.5.2b; SV.2.1188b; VS.11.51b; 36.15b; TS.4.1.5.1b; 5.6.1.4b; 7.4.19.4b; MS.2.7.5b: 79.18; 4.9.27b: 139.5; KS.16.4b; 35.3b; TA.4.42.4b; 10.1.12b; KA.1.219Ab; ApMB.2.7.14b. Cf. tasyāgne bhājayeha.
tasya bhūtaṃ bhavyaṃ vaśe # AVś.9.10.24.
tasya bhrātā madhyamo asty aśnaḥ # RV.1.164.1b; AVś.9.9.1b; N.4.26b.
tasya madhye mahān agniḥ # TA.10.11.2a; MahānU.11.10a.
tasya madhye vahniśikhāḥ # TA.10.11.2c; MahānU.11.11c; MahāU.3c; Vāsū.3c.
tasya mano devaṃ yajñena rādhyāsam # TB.3.7.9.7; Apś.9.16.7.
tasya mano vaiśvakarmaṇam # VS.13.55; TS.4.3.2.1; MS.2.7.19: 104.3; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.1.8.
tasya marīcayo 'psarasa āyuvo nāma (TS. 'psarasa āyuvaḥ) # VS.18.39; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.3; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.8.
tasya maruto 'psarasā ojo nāma # MS.2.12.2: 145.7.
tasya mā yajñasya vasor vasumato vasv ihāgachatu (Apś. vasv āgachatu) # MS.1.4.1: 48.7; Apś.4.13.8. See tasya yajñasya.
tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya vītasya draviṇehāgamyāt # MS.1.4.1: 48.6. See tasya meṣṭasya, tasya yajñasyeṣṭasya, and cf. under tasya ta iṣṭasya.
tasya māśīd yātudhāno nṛcakṣaḥ # RV.10.87.17b; AVś.8.3.17b.
tasya māśīr avatu vardhatām # Aś.3.13.15. See tato mā yajñasyāśīr.
tasya mṛtyuś (KS. mṛtyoś; TB. mṛtyau) carati rājasūyam # AVś.4.8.1c; TB.2.7.15.2c; KS.37.9c; TB.2.7.15.2c. See sa te mṛtyuś etc.
tasya me 'gnir upadraṣṭā # TB.3.7.5.4; Apś.4.9.6. See agnir upadraṣṭā, and tasya me 'yam.
tasya me tanvo bahudhā niviṣṭāḥ # RV.10.51.4c.
tasya me dattam aśvinā # AVP.8.20.11d; 10.6.13d.
tasya me 'yam agnir upadraṣṭā # AB.7.24.3. See agnir upadraṣṭā, and tasya me 'gnir.
tasya me rāsva # TS.3.2.3.1,3. See under tasya no rāsva.
tasya me vitta # KS.4.14.
tasya meṣṭasya vītasya draviṇam ā gamyāt (KS. draviṇehāgamyāḥ; Apś. draviṇehāgameḥ) # TS.3.2.6.1; KS.25.7 (quater); Apś.4.12.10. See under tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya.
tasya moccheṣi kiṃ cana # AVP.12.6.4d.
tasya yajñasya vasor vasumato vasu māgachatu # KS.5.4; 32.4. See tasya mā yajñasya.
tasya yajñasyeṣṭasya sviṣṭasya draviṇaṃ māgachatu # KS.5.4; 32.4. See under tasya mā yajñasyeṣṭasya.
tasya yad āhuḥ pippalaṃ svādv agre # AVś.9.9.21c. See tasyed āhuḥ.
tasya yoniṃ paripaśyanti dhīrāḥ # VS.31.19c. See tasya dhīrāḥ.
tasya rathagṛtsaś (MS. -kṛtsnaś; KS. -kṛtsaś) ca rathaujāś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.15; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.13; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.16.
tasya rathaprotaś (TS. rathe-) cāsamarathaś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.17; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.20; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.18.
tasya rathasvanaś ca rathecitraś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.16; TS.4.4.3.1; MS.2.8.10: 114.16; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.17.
tasya ratheprotaś etc. # see tasya rathaprotaś.
tasyarksāmāny apsaraso vahnayaḥ (KS. apsarasa eṣṭayo nāma) # TS.3.4.7.2; KS.18.14. See tasya ṛk-.
tasya lokaḥ sa u loka eva # śB.14.7.2.17d; BṛhU.4.4.17d.
tasya vajraḥ krandati smat svarṣāḥ # RV.1.100.13a.
tasya vayaṃ sumatau yajñiyasya # RV.3.1.21c; 59.4c; 6.47.13a; 10.131.7a; AVś.7.92.1c; 20.125.7a; VS.20.52a; TS.1.7.13.5a; MS.4.12.5a: 191.6; 4.14.12c: 235.10; KS.8.16a; TB.2.8.4.1c; 7.5c. P: tasya vayam KS.17.18; Mś.5.2.4.43. See teṣāṃ vayaṃ sumatau, and tvayā vayaṃ sumatau.
tasya vayaṃ heḍasi māpi bhūma # AVś.7.20.3c. See tasyai etc.
tasya vayaṃ prasave yāma urvīḥ # RV.3.33.6d; N.2.26d.
tasya vāṃ syāma sanitāra ājeḥ # RV.4.41.11d.
tasya vā tvaṃ mana ichā sa vā tava # RV.10.10.14c; AVś.18.1.16c; N.11.34c.
tasya vittāt (MS. vitsva) # TS.1.3.6.1; MS.1.2.14: 23.12; KS.3.3. See etasya vittāt.
tasya vidyuto 'psaraso rucaḥ # TS.3.4.7.2.
tasya viśvam apsaraso bhuvaḥ # TS.3.4.7.2.
tasya vṛścāmi te mūlam # AVś.13.1.56c,57c. Cf. vṛścāmi tasyāhaṃ.
tasya venīr anu vratam # RV.8.41.3d.
tasya veśaḥ kariṣyathaḥ # AVP.15.21.1d.
tasya vrataṃ rakṣataṃ pātam aṃhasaḥ # RV.1.93.8c; TB.2.8.7.9c.
tasya vratāni na minanti dhīrāḥ # RV.7.31.11c; SV.2.1144c.
tasya vratāni bhūripoṣiṇo vayam # RV.3.3.9c.
tasya vratāny anu vaś carāmasi # RV.8.25.16c.
tasya vratāny uśmasi # RV.1.22.6c.
tasya śmaśānād adhi loṣṭa ābhṛtaḥ # AVP.5.36.6d.
tasya śrotraṃ sauvam # VS.13.57; TS.4.3.2.2; MS.2.7.19: 104.9; KS.16.19; śB.8.1.2.5.
tasya sarpasya sarpatvam # RVKh.7.55.7c.
tasya sarpāpa bhadraṃ te # RVKh.1.191.7c.
tasya sarvasyāṃhasaḥ # MS.1.10.2g: 142.3.
tasya sādhvīr iṣavo yābhir asyati # RV.2.24.8c.
tasya sumnam aśīmahi # TB.2.5.1.3c; 3.7.9.5; TA.4.21.1.
tasya senajic ca suṣenaś ca senānīgrāmaṇyau (TS. senāni-) # VS.15.19; TS.4.4.3.2; MS.2.8.10: 115.3; KS.17.9; śB.8.6.1.20.
tasya soma pra tira dīrgham āyuḥ # AVP.1.46.1d,2a.
tasya snāhi tanū adhi # AVP.7.5.10d.
tasya spaśo (AVP. syaśo) na ni miṣanti bhūrṇayaḥ # AVś.5.6.3c; AVP.6.11.4c; KS.38.14c. See asya etc.
tasya sma prāvitā bhava # RV.1.12.8c; SV.2.195c.
tasya syaśo etc. # see tasya spaśo etc.
tasya hāsi kanīnikā # AVś.4.20.3b; AVP.8.6.3b.
tasya hāsnāsy ukṣitā (AVP. ukṣatā) # AVś.5.5.8d; AVP.6.4.8d.
tasya hotā bhavasi yāsi dūtyam # RV.10.91.11c.
tasyādityasya prasavaṃ manāmahe # MS.4.14.14c (bis): 239.10,14.
tasyāmṛtatvasya no dhehi # HG.2.3.8c.
tasyai jīvema śaradaḥ śataṃ vayam # JG.2.1b.
tasyai ta enā haviṣā vidhema # MS.4.12.1e: 179.11; KS.35.12c; MG.2.8.4d. Cf. under tasmai ta indo.
tasyaitad agram ā dade # AVP.9.11.8c.
tasyai (TS. tasyās) te devi haviṣā vidhema # TS.3.3.11.5d; MS.4.12.6d: 195.9; KS.13.16d; Aś.1.10.8d; śś.9.28.3d; N.11.33d. Cf. under tasmai ta indo.
tasyai te devīṣṭake # MS.2.7.15c: 98.16; KS.16.16c. See tasyās etc.
tasyai te namo astu devi # AVś.1.13.4d.
tasyai te svāhā # VS.32.16; MS.1.2.7: 17.7; 4.9.10 (ter): 130.12,13,15; KS.2.8.
tasyai tvaṃ harasā tapan # MS.2.7.8c: 86.2. See tasyās etc.
tasyai namo yatamasyāṃ diśītaḥ # AVś.11.2.12d,27c (here text, erroneously, tasyai for tasmai). Cf. tābhyāṃ namo.
tasyai prajāṃ draviṇaṃ ceha dhehi # AVś.18.3.1d; TA.6.1.3d.
tasyai prajāpatir ajuhot svādhiṣṭhānā ceti svādhicaraṇa ceti # AVP.13.9.1.
tasyai prati pra vartaya # AVP.10.1.8c.
tasyai prastuhi # MS.4.2.4 (quater): 26.6--10; Apś.12.17.13.
tasyai balāsapatnyai # AVP.6.8.8c.
tasyai me 'varuddhyai # MS.4.2.4 (quater): 26.6--10; Apś.12.17.13.
tasyai vayaṃ heḍasi māpi bhūma # TS.3.3.11.4c. See tasya etc.
tasyaiva syāt etc. # see tasyaivātmā etc.
tasyai vāṅ mātyā (TS. mātī) # VS.13.58; TS.4.3.2.3; śB.8.1.2.8. See tasyā etc.
tasyai vāce nihave juhomi # SMB.2.6.9e.
tasyaivātmā (śB.BṛhU. tasyaiva syāt) padavit taṃ viditvā # śB.14.7.2.28c; TB.3.12.9.8c; BṛhU.4.4.28c; BDh.2.6.11.30c.
tasyai viśpatnyai haviḥ # RV.2.32.7c; AVś.7.46.2c; TS.3.1.11.4c; MS.4.12.6c: 195.7; KS.13.16c.
tasyaiṣa māruto gaṇaḥ # AVś.13.4.8a.
tasyai stuhi # Apś.12.17.13.
tasyai svāhā # KS.7.14 (ter).
tasyai hiraṇyakeśyai # AVś.5.7.9c; AVP.7.19.3c,4c.
tasyai hiraṇyadrāpaye # AVś.5.7.10c.
tasyai hiraṇyavakṣase # AVś.12.1.26c.
tasyauṣadhayo 'psaraso mudo (MS.KS. mudā; TS. 'psarasa ūrjo) nāma # VS.18.38; TS.3.4.7.1; MS.2.12.2: 145.1; KS.18.14; śB.9.4.1.7.
tigmajambhasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # RV.4.15.5c.
tilasya tilapiñjyā # AVś.2.8.3c.
tiṣṭhamānasya tadvidaḥ # śB.14.6.9.34e; BṛhU.3.9.34e.
tīvrāntasya bahulamadhyamasya # AVP.7.6.7b.
tugrasya sūnum ūhathū rajobhiḥ # RV.6.62.6b.
turasya karmāṇi navya ukthaiḥ # RV.1.61.13b; AVś.20.35.13b.
tuvidyumnasya tuvirādhaso nṝn # RV.4.21.2b.
tuvidyumnasya yujyā vṛṇīmahe # RV.8.90.2c; AVś.20.104.4c; SV.2.843c.
tṛṇaskandasya nu viśaḥ # RV.1.172.3a.
tṛtīyasya savanasya ṛbhumato vibhumato vājavato bṛhaspatimato (Mś. -vato) viśvadevyāvatas tīvrā3ṃ (Mś. tīvraṃ) āśīrvata indrāya somān prasthitān preṣya # Kś.10.5.9; Mś.2.5.1.32. See next.
tṛtīyasya savanasyarbhumato vibhumataḥ prabhumato vājavataḥ savitṛvato bṛhaspativato viśvadevyāvatas tīvrāṃ āśīrvata indrāya somān # Apś.13.12.2. See prec.
tṛtīyasya savanasyendrāya puroḍāśānām # Apś.13.11.6; Mś.2.5.1.28.
tṛtīyasyai divo gāyatriyā soma ābhṛtaḥ somapīthāya saṃnayituṃ vakalam antaram ādade # TB.3.7.4.1; Apś.1.6.8.
tejiṣṭhayātithigvasya vartanī # RV.1.53.8b; AVś.20.21.8b.
tenāmṛtasya bhakṣam # AVś.13.2.15c.
tenāmṛtasya mūlena # TA.6.10.2c.
tokasya sātā tanūnām # RV.9.66.18b.
tokasya sātau tanayasya bhūreḥ # RV.2.30.5c.
tyasya cin mahato nir mṛgasya # RV.5.32.3a.
tritasya nāma janayan madhu kṣarad (SV. kṣaran) # RV.9.86.20c; SV.2.172c.
triṣadhasthasya jāvataḥ # RV.8.94.5c; SV.2.1136c.
tredhāmṛtasya cakṣaṇam # AVś.5.28.7c; AVP.2.59.5c. See trīṇy amṛtasya.
traiṣṭubhasya chandaso 'gneḥ pakṣeṇāgneḥ pakṣam upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 115.12. See traiṣṭubhena chandasā chandasā-, and traiṣṭubhena chandasendreṇa.
tvāṣṭrasya cid viśvarūpasya gonām # RV.10.8.9c.
tvāṣṭrasya cin niḥ sasṛje trito gāḥ # RV.10.8.8d.
dakṣasya cin mahinā mṛḍatā naḥ # RV.7.60.10d.
dakṣasya janmann aditer upasthe # RV.10.5.7b.
dakṣasya tava vṛtrahan # RV.5.38.4b.
dakṣasya pitaraṃ tanā # RV.3.27.9c; SV.2.829c.
dakṣasya pūrbhir adbhutā # RV.5.66.4b.
dakṣasya vādite janmani vrate # RV.10.64.5a; N.11.23a. Cf. BṛhD.7.104.
dakṣasya sādhoḥ # RV.4.10.2c; SV.2.1128c; VS.15.45c; TS.4.4.4.7c; MS.2.13.8c: 157.17; KS.24.14c.
dakṣasya svena manyunā # RV.1.139.2c.
dadhigharmasya yaja # śB.14.3.1.10; śś.7.16.4; Kś.10.1.24; Mś.4.5.5.
daśasyataṃ no vṛṣaṇāv abhiṣṭau # RV.1.158.1b.
daśasyanta uśijaḥ śaṃsam āyoḥ # RV.5.3.4d. Cf. namasyanta etc.
daśasyantā manave pūrvyaṃ divi # RV.8.22.6a.
daśasyantāmṛtāya (ApMB. daśasyantvāmṛtāya) kam # RV.8.31.9b; ApMB.1.11.11b.
daśasyantā śayave pipyathur gām # RV.6.62.7c.
daśasyantīr varivasyantu śubhrāḥ # RV.5.42.12d.
daśasyanto divyāḥ pārthivāsaḥ # RV.6.50.11c.
daśasyanto no maruto mṛḍantu # RV.7.56.17a.
daśasyantvāmṛtāya etc. # see daśasyantāmṛtāya.
dasmasya cārutamam asti daṃsaḥ # RV.1.62.6b.
dasmasya vasu ratha ā # RV.5.17.4b.
dānenāṅgasya brāhmaṇaḥ # AB.8.22.7d.
dāvasya dahataḥ pṛthak # AVś.7.45.2b.
dāsasya cid vṛṣaśiprasya māyāḥ # RV.7.99.4c.
dāsasya vā maghavann āryasya vā # RV.10.102.3c.
dinasya vā maghavan saṃbhṛtasya vā # RV.8.78.10c.
divodāsasya satpatiḥ # RV.6.16.19c; KS.20.14c.
divyasya suparṇasya # AVś.4.20.3a. See divyasya suparṇasya.
divyasyaikā dhanurārtniḥ # TA.1.5.1a.
dīrghāyutvasya heśiṣe # RVKh.1.50.2c; TB.3.7.6.22c; Apś.4.15.1c.
duvasyata damyaṃ jātavedasam # RV.3.2.8b.
duvasyanti svasāro ahrayāṇam # RV.1.62.10d.
duvasyave (TA. duvasvate) tvā vātāya svāhā # MS.4.9.8: 128.9; TA.4.9.1.
dūtasya rebhataḥ sadā # RV.8.44.20b; KS.40.14b.
dṛḍhasya cid gomato vi vrajasya # RV.6.62.11c.
dṛḍhasya cin martānām ajuṣṭau # RV.1.63.5b.
devakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.Vait.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; TS.3.2.5.7; PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Vait.23.12; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: devakṛtasya Lś.2.11.14; Kś.10.8.6; GDh.25.10; 27.7; VyāsaDh.3.29. Designated as devakṛtam ViDh.56.4; VāDh.28.11; BDh.4.3.8; as śākala-homīya-mantrāḥ MDh.11.201,257.
devasya citratamā martyeṣu # RV.4.1.6b.
devasya cetato mahīm # VS.22.11a.
devasya te savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy (VārG. adds aham) asau # SMB.1.6.18; GG.2.10.26; VārG.5.19; 14.13. P: devasya te KhG.2.4.13. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya trātur avri bhagasya # RV.4.55.5b.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa naye 'sau # ApMB.2.3.24 (ApG.4.10.12). See devasya tvā savituḥ prasave ... hastābhyām upa, and cf. ārṣeyaṃ tvā.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasava ṛṣibhyas tvārṣeyebhyas tvaikarṣaye tvā juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Kauś.67.27.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi # TS.1.8.7.2. P: devasya tvā prasave TB.1.7.1.9. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... rakṣaso vadhaṃ juhomi Apś.18.9.17.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi # VS.1.21; TB.3.2.8.1; śB.1.2.2.1. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.5.10. See saṃ vapāmi, devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā bhaiṣajyena etc. # see next but three.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # MS.1.11.4: 165.7; 3.4.3: 47.8. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.6.2.5.30. Fragment: bṛhaspatiṃ sāmrājyāya, with ūhas indraṃ sāmrājyāya and agniṃ sāmrājyāya (q.v.) Mś.6.2.5.31. See next, and devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇā-.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇemam amum āmuṣyāyaṇam amuṣyāḥ putraṃ bṛhaspates (KS.40.9, putram agnes) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi (KS.14.2, -ṣiñcāmīndrasya sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi) # KS.14.2,8; 40.9. See under prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai tvā vāco yantur yantreṇa bṛhaspates tvā sāmrājyena brahmaṇābhiṣiñcāmi # JB.2.130. See under prec. but one.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai (KS. -tyā) bhaiṣajyena vīryāyānnādyāyābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantriye (VSK. vāco yan turye turyaṃ) dadhāmi # VS.9.30; VSK.10.5.8; śB.5.2.2.13. P: devasya tvā Kś.14.5.24.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyai vāco yantur yantreṇāgneḥ (TS. yantreṇāgnes tvā) sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi # VS.18.37; TS.1.7.10.3; śB.9.3.4.17. Fragmentary: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave (Apś. devasya tvā) ... agnes tvā sāmrājyenābhiṣiñcāmi TS.5.6.3.2; TB.1.3.8.2,3; Apś.17.19.8. P: devasya tvā Kś.18.5.9. See under devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ sarasvatyā vācā yantur yantreṇa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ hastaṃ gṛhṇāmy asau # AG.1.20.4; MG.1.10.15; 22.5. See devasya te.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā dade 'ṅgirasvat # TS.4.1.1.3. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.1.4. See devasya tvā ... hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa chandasā rātrim iṣṭakām upadadhe # Apś.16.11.4.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūto brāhmaṇebhyo nir vapāmi # AVP.5.40.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi # JG.1.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ saṃvapāmi # KS.1.8 (cf. 31.7); Apś.1.24.1. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ saṃvapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi # VS.1.10; śB.1.1.2.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.2.3.20.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭaṃ nir vapāmi # TS.1.1.4.2; KS.1.4 (cf. 31.3); TB.3.2.4.5; Kauś.2.1. Fragmentary: devasya tvā ... agnaye juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi Apś.1.17.12. Cf. agnīṣomābhyāṃ (juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi).
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi # Apś.1.21.5. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām adhi vapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāya traiṣṭubhena chandasāhar upadadhe (and vaiśvānarāyānuṣṭubhena chandasā rātrīm) upadadhe # KS.38.12. See next.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye tvā vaiśvānarāyāhar (also with vikāra, rātrīm for ahar) upadadhe # Mś.6.1.4.22. See prec.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnaye vo juṣṭān (Apś. juṣṭaṃ) nirvapāmi (KS. agnaye juṣṭaṃ prokṣāmi) # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18; KS.1.5 (cf. 31.4); Apś.1.19.1. See devasya vaḥ etc., and cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prokṣāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnīṣomābhyāṃ juṣṭaṃ ni yunajmi (VSK. yunagmi; VS.1.10, juṣṭaṃ gṛhṇāmi) # VS.6.9; 10.1; VSK.6.2.3; śB.3.7.4.3. P: devasya tvā Kś.6.3.28.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām agnes tejasā sūryasya varcasendrasyendriyeṇābhi ṣiñcāmi # AB.8.7.5,7,9. P: devasya tvā AB.8.13.2; 18.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām adhi vapāmi # TS.1.1.6.1; TB.3.2.6.3. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyām agnaye juṣṭam adhivapāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām aśvinor bhaiṣajyena tejase brahmavarcasāyābhi ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.2; Apś.19.9.13.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade # VS.1.24; 5.22,26; 6.1,30; 11.9; 22.1; 37.1; 38.1; VSK.2.3.4,5; TS.1.3.1.1; 7.1.11.1; MS.1.1.9: 5.11; 1.2.10: 19.14; 1.2.15: 24.10; 1.3.3: 30.12; 2.7.1: 74.12; 3.11.8: 151.6; 4.1.2: 2.12; 4.1.4: 6.6; 4.1.10: 12.13; 4.9.1: 120.5; 4.9.7: 127.4; KS.1.2,9; 2.9,11,12; 3.3,5,10; 16.1; 27.1; KSA.1.2; śB.1.2.4.4; 3.5.4.4; 6.1.4; 7.1.1; 9.4.3; 6.3.1.38; 14.1.2.7; TB.3.2.9.1; TA.4.2.1; 8.1; 5.7.1; Kauś.137.18. The same formula without ā dade (understood): TS.2.6.4.1; 6.2.10.1; 4.4.1; MS.3.8.8: 105.17; 4.5.4: 68.8; TB.3.2.2.1; 8.3.2; TA.5.2.5. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave KS.25.9,10; 26.5,8; 31.1,8; Apś.1.3.2; 19.3; 2.1.1; 6.7.1; 7.4.2; 11.3; 10.23.2; 11.11.2; 12.9.2; 11.7; 15.1.3; 16.1.7; 20.3.3; Mś.1.1.1.23,34; 1.2.4.6; 1.8.2.1; 1.8.3.4; 2.2.3.1; 2.3.3.1; 5.2.11.24; 6.1.1.8,23; devasya tvā Lś.2.7.13; Kś.2.6.13; 6.2.8; 9.4.5; 16.2.8; 20.1.27; 26.1.3; 5.1; Apś.1.20.4 (comm.); Mś.4.1.8; HG.1.27.1; BDh.4.5.12; ParDh.11.33; BṛhPDh.7.28. See ā dade devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ gāyatreṇa and devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe, and cf. devebhyas tvā savituḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade dviṣato vadhāya # ApMB.2.9.5 (ApG.5.12.11). Cf. TS.2.6.4.1.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indravantaṃ tvā sādayāmi # KS.40.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyendriyeṇa śriyai yaśase balāyābhi (VS.KS. -yeṇa balāya śriyai yaśase 'bhi) ṣiñcāmi # VS.20.3; KS.38.4; TB.2.6.5.3. Cf. indrasyendriyeṇa balāya.
devasya tvā savituḥ (KS. devasya savituḥ) prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām indrasyaujasā rakṣohāsi svāhā # MS.2.6.3: 65.2; KS.15.2. P: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave Mś.9.1.1.23.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upa nayāmy asau (HG. naye 'sau) # śG.2.2.12; HG.1.5.8. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasava upa.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām upāṃśor vīryeṇa juhomi # VS.9.38; śB.5.2.4.17. P: devasya tvā Kś.15.2.6.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ pāśenārabhe (MS. pāśena pratimuñcāmi) # TS.6.3.6.2; MS.3.9.6: 124.1. See ṛtasya tvā devahaviḥ.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pitṛbhyaḥ pitāmahebhyaḥ prapitāmahebhyo vo juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # HG.2.14.3.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ pṛthivyāḥ sadhasthe (VS.KS.śB. sadhasthād) agniṃ (TS. 'gniṃ) purīṣyam aṅgirasvat khanāmi # VS.11.28; TS.4.1.3.1; MS.2.7.2: 76.12; KS.16.3; śB.6.4.1.1. Ps: devasya tvā savituḥ prasave TS.5.1.4.1; Apś.16.3.2; devasya tvā Kś.16.2.22.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi # VS.2.11; VSK.2.3.4; TS.2.6.8.6; MS.1.9.4: 133.13; KS.9.9 (sexies); KB.6.14; PB.1.8.1; JB.1.73; śB.1.7.4.13; TA.3.10.1; Aś.1.13.1; śś.4.7.5 (cf. 4.21.7); Apś.14.11.2; AG.1.24.15. P: devasya tvā Lś.4.11.11; Kś.2.2.18; Kauś.91.3; PG.1.3.17; HG.1.11.7; JG.1.19. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūta ā rabhe # AVś.19.51.2.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā paristṛṇāmi # Kauś.2.21.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prasūtaḥ praśiṣā pratigṛhṇāmi # GB.2.1.2; Vait.3.9. Cf. devasya tvā ... hastābhyāṃ prati gṛhṇāmi.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ prohāmi # JB.1.78.
devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ barhir devasadanaṃ dāmi (Apś. -nam ā rabhe) # MS.1.1.2: 1.8; 4.1.2: 3.8; Apś.1.3.11.
devasya tvā (sc. savituḥ etc.) brahmaṇe (also brahmaṇe juṣṭaṃ) prāṇāya (also apānāya, vyānāya) juṣṭaṃ nirvapāmi # Apś.5.5.2.
devasya devīr upa yanti niṣkṛtam # RV.9.69.4b; SV.2.722b; JB.3.298b.
devasya draviṇasyavaḥ # RV.5.13.2c; SV.2.755c; MS.4.10.2c: 145.13; KS.20.14c; Apś.17.7.4c.
devasya paśya kāvyam # AVś.10.8.32c.
devasya paśya kāvyaṃ mahitvā # RV.10.55.5c; AVś.9.10.9c; SV.1.325c; 2.1132c; MS.4.9.12c: 133.11; TA.4.20.1c; KA.1.198.14c; N.14.18c.
devasya bhargaḥ sahaso yato jani # RV.1.141.1b.
devasya martyasya ca # RV.2.7.2b.
devasya marmṛjataś cāru cakṣuḥ # RV.4.2.19d.
devasya yanty ūtayo (KS. yantūtayo) vi vājāḥ # RV.3.14.6b; KS.6.10b.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavanasya bṛhaspater vājino vājajito vājaṃ jeṣma # MS.1.11.1: 162.5; 1.11.7: 168.15; KS.13.14; Mś.7.1.2.31. P: devasya vayaṃ savituḥ prasave satyasavanasya KS.14.7. See devasyāhaṃ etc.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ savīmani # RV.6.71.2a; N.6.7.
devasya vayaṃ savituḥ save satya# see devasyāhaṃ savituḥ etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave madhumatīḥ sādayāmi # KS.39.1 (sexies); Apś.16.32.5; 33.1 (quinq.).
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyāṃ saṃ vapāmi # MS.1.1.9: 4.16; 4.1.9: 10.16. P: devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave Mś.1.2.1.31; 1.2.3.10. See devasya tvā etc.
devasya vaḥ savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ... agnaye vo juṣṭān nirvapāmi # MS.1.1.5: 3.3; 4.1.5: 6.18. See under devasya tvā etc.
devasya vas savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ādadhe # KA.1.2. P: devasya vas savituḥ prasave KA.2.2. See under devasya tvā savituḥ prasave 'śvinor bāhubhyāṃ pūṣṇo hastābhyām ā dade.
devasya vā maruto martyasya vā # RV.6.48.20c.
devasya ślokaṃ savitur manāmahe # RV.7.82.10d.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspataye stuta # KS.17.7; 34.17; 37.17; GB.2.2.10. See next, and savitṛprasūtā bṛhaspataye.
devasya savituḥ prasave bṛhaspatiprasūtā (KS. -sūtāḥ) # MS.4.9.2: 123.5; KS.34.18 (bis). See under prec.
devasya savituḥ prasave 'śvinor etc. # see devasya tvā savituḥ etc.
devasya savituḥ prasave satyasavaso (KS. -savasya) varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyam # MS.1.11.1: 162.5; 1.11.7: 168.11; KS.13.14; Mś.7.1.2.26. P: devasya savituḥ prasave satyasavasya KS.14.7. See under next but three.
devasya savitur bhāgo 'si (AVś. bhāga stha) # AVś.10.5.14; VS.14.25; TS.4.3.9.2; 5.3.4.4; KS.17.4; 21.1; śB.8.4.2.10. See savitur bhāgo.
devasya savitur matim # VS.22.14a.
devasya savitur vayam # RV.3.62.11a.
devasya savituḥ savaṃ (read save) svargaṃ lokaṃ varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ roheyam # GB.2.5.8. See prec. but three, next but two, and several items under devasyāhaṃ.
devasya savituḥ savam # SV.1.435b. See next.
devasya savituḥ save # RV.5.82.6b; AVś.6.23.3a; AVP.7.5.11b; VS.11.2b; 20.11d; TS.1.1.9.3a; 4.1.1.1b; MS.2.7.1b: 73.10; 3.11.8d: 151.8; KS.15.11b; 38.4d; śB.6.3.1.14; 12.8.3.29; TB.2.6.5.7d; 3.2.9.8; 7.7.14e; Aś.9.9.8b; śś.16.17.6b; Vait.27.9b; Apś.2.2.7; 6.23.1b; 11.5.1; Mś.1.2.4.18a; Kauś.3.2d; HG.2.17.4d; śvetU.2.2b. See prec.
devasya savituḥ save svargaṃ varṣiṣṭhaṃ nākaṃ ruheyaṃ pṛṣṭhāt pṛthivyā aham # Vait.27.6. See under prec. but two.
devasya sūno sahaso naśanta # RV.7.1.22d.
devasya heḍo (VSK.KA. helo) 'va yāsisīṣṭhāḥ # RV.4.1.4b; VS.21.3b; VSK.23.3b; TS.2.5.12.3b; MS.4.10.4b: 153.12; 4.14.17b: 246.9; KS.34.19b; KA.1.198.29b; ApMB.1.4.14b.
dyāṃpātasya gavakasya # AVP.8.7.3a.
dyumnasya prāsahā rayim # RV.5.23.1b; TS.1.3.14.6b.
dyusamantasya ta ādityo 'nukhyātā # BDh.2.8.14.12. See dyauḥ samā.
dvādaśasya māsa uttame 'han # JB.2.438a.
dhanasya sātāv asmāṃ aviḍḍhi # RV.6.44.9d.
dharmasya goptājani # AB.8.12.5; 17.5.
dhruvasya kṣitam asi # TA.2.19.1.
dhruvasya pātram asi # TS.3.1.6.3.
dhruvasya sataḥ pari yanti (JB. paryanti) ketavaḥ # RV.9.86.6b; SV.2.237b; JB.3.58b.
naḍasya vīraṇasya ca # AVP.9.7.12b.
nadasya karṇais turayanta āśubhiḥ # RV.2.34.3b.
nadasya nāde pari pātu me (AVś. no) manaḥ # RV.10.11.2b; AVś.18.1.19b.
nadasya mā rudhataḥ kāma āgan # RV.1.179.4a; N.5.2. Cf. BṛhD.1.53.
namasyata havyadātiṃ svadhvaram # RV.3.2.8a.
namasyanta upavocanta bhṛgavaḥ # RV.1.127.7b.
namasyanta uśijaḥ śaṃsam āyoḥ # RV.4.6.11d. Cf. daśasyanta etc.
namasyantas tvā haviṣā vidhema # AVś.1.12.2b.
namasyanti dhiyeṣitāḥ # RV.3.62.12c.
namasyantīr upa ca yanti saṃ ca # RV.9.95.3c; SV.1.544c.
namasyantīr jānate garbham asmin # RV.3.57.3b.
namasyanto diva ā pṛṣṭham asthuḥ # RV.1.115.3c; MS.4.10.2c: 147.4; TB.2.8.7.1c.
narāśaṃsapītasya deva soma te matividaḥ (Vait. te nṛbhiḥ ṣṭutasya matividaḥ) # AB.7.34.1; Vait.20.7.
narāśaṃsapītasya soma deva te matividaḥ prātaḥsavanasya gāyatrachandasaḥ pitṛpītasya (Mś.2.4.6.15, mativido mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya triṣṭupchandasaḥ; Mś.2.5.1.50, matividas tṛtīyasya savanasya jagacchandasaḥ) # Mś.2.4.2.32; 2.4.6.15; 2.5.1.50. P: narāśaṃsapītasya Mś.2.4.2.42.
narāśaṃsasya mahimānam eṣām # RV.7.2.2a; VS.29.27a; MS.4.13.3a: 201.12; KS.37.4a; TB.3.6.3.1a; N.8.7a.
narāśaṃsasya yā gṛhe # AVP.2.20.1c.
navasya soma te vayam # TB.2.4.8.2a.
nākasya pṛṣṭham abhisaṃvasānaḥ # TA.10.2.1c.
nākasya pṛṣṭham āruhya # TA.10.1.13c; MahānU.5.3c.
nākasya pṛṣṭhād divam ut patiṣyan # AVś.18.4.14b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhāyābhiṣektāram # TB.3.4.1.8.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi tiṣṭhati śritaḥ # RV.1.125.5a.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi dīdhyānāḥ # AVś.18.2.47d.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi rocane divaḥ # TS.3.5.5.3b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi viṣṭapi śritāḥ # AVś.18.4.4b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe adhi saptaraśmau # AVś.9.5.15d. Cf. nāke tiṣṭhantam.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe dadivāṃsaṃ dadhāti # AVś.9.5.10b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe parame vyoman # TB.3.7.6.5d; Apś.4.5.5d.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe mahato mahīyān # TA.10.1.1b; MahānU.1.1b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe (Vaitṃś. pṛṣṭhe svarge loke) yajamāno astu # Vait.2.1; Kś.2.2.8b; Apś.3.19.1b; Mś.5.2.15.10b; 5.2.16.14b.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe sam iṣā madema # AVś.7.80.1d; AVP.1.102.2d. See uttame nāka.
nākasya pṛṣṭhe svarge etc. # see prec. but one.
nānyasya mano vaśam anv iyāya # TB.3.12.3.3b.
nāputrasya loko 'stīti # AB.7.13.12a; śś.15.17a.
nābhākasya praśastibhiḥ # RV.8.41.2c; N.10.5c.
nāśraddadhānasya havir juṣante # Kauś.73.18b.
nijasya nihito mayā # HG.1.15.6d.
nityasya rāyaḥ patayaḥ syāma # RV.4.41.10b; 7.4.7b; N.3.2b.
nirundhānasya yācitām # AVś.12.4.36d.
niṣṭuvānasya pātaya # see ni stuvā-.
nṛmṇasya mahnā sa janāsa (MS. janāsā) indraḥ # RV.2.12.1d; AVś.20.34.1d; AVP.12.14.1d; TS.1.7.13.2d; MS.4.12.3d: 186.5; KS.8.16d; N.10.10d.
naigūrasya svasaḥ # AVP.10.1.3b.
nyasya śarīraṃ bhindhy uta bhindhy asthi # AVP.1.87.1d. The word nyasya perhaps belongs to the preceding pāda.
paktaudanasya sukṛtām etu lokam # AVś.11.1.17d. Cf. imaṃ paktvā.
pañcaviṃśasya stomasya tisṛṣv ardhatṛtīyāsv ardhatrayodaśāsu vā pariśiṣṭāsu prathamaṃ pratihāraṃ prabrūtāt # ā.5.1.5.1.
paṭarasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
pataṃgasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
pariprasyandate sutaḥ # RV.9.101.2b; SV.2.48b; JB.1.163b.
pariṣkṛtasya rasina iyam āsutiḥ # RV.8.1.26c; SV.2.743c.
pariṣvañjalyasya ca # AVś.9.3.5b.
parīvāpasya godhūmāḥ # VS.19.22b.
parjanyasya maruta udadhiṃ sānv ā hata # AVP.5.15.7c.
parjanyasya vidyut # TA.3.9.2.
parvatasya vṛṣabhasyādhi pṛṣṭhe # AVś.12.2.41c.
pavamānasya jaṅghnataḥ (SV.JB.PB. jighn-) # RV.9.66.25a; SV.2.660a; JB.3.245; PB.15.3.1,2.
pavamānasya te kave # RV.9.66.10a; SV.2.7a; JB.1.104; 2.180,186; 3.11; PB.18.8.15.
pavamānasya te rasaḥ # RV.9.61.17a; SV.2.241a; JB.3.60.
pavamānasya te vayam # RV.9.61.4a; SV.2.137a.
pavamānasya dūḍhyā # RV.9.53.3b; SV.2.1066b.
pavamānasya marutaḥ # RV.9.51.3c; 64.24c; SV.2.428c,576c; JB.3.143c,209c.
pavamānasya viśvavit # RV.9.64.7a; SV.2.308a; JB.3.85; PB.13.1.6.
pavamānasya śuṣmiṇaḥ # RV.9.41.3b; SV.2.244b; JB.3.60b.
pavitrasya prasravaṇeṣu vṛtrahan # RV.8.33.1c; AVś.20.52.1c; 57.14c; SV.1.261c; 2.214c.
pāṅktasya chandaso 'gneḥ (KS. pāṅktena chandasāgneḥ) pṛṣṭhenāgneḥ pṛṣṭham upadadhāmi # MS.2.8.11: 116.1; KS.22.5. Cf. next.
pāñcajanyasya bahudhā yam indhate # AVś.4.23.1b; AVP.4.33.1b. See yaṃ pāñca-.
pārāvatasya rātiṣu # RV.8.34.18a.
pārthivasya jagatas tveṣasaṃdṛk # RV.6.22.9b; AVś.20.36.9b.
pārthivasya rase devāḥ # AVś.2.29.1a. P: pārthivasya Kauś.27.9; 54.18.
pārthivasyaika (Mś. erroneously, -syaiva) id vaśī # KS.38.12b; TA.6.5.2b; Apś.16.6.4b; Mś.6.1.2.26b.
pāvamānasya tvā stomena gāyatrasya vartanyopāṃśos tvā vīryeṇot sṛje # MS.2.3.4: 31.5; 2.3.5: 32.21. P: pāvamānasya Mś.5.2.2.6. See pāvamānena.
pāśadyumnasya vāyatasya somāt # RV.7.33.2c.
pitṛkṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; TS.3.2.5.7; PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: pitṛkṛtasya Vait.23.12.
pītāpītasya somasya # KS.35.5c; JB.1.353c; PB.9.9.8c; Kś.25.12.1c; Mś.3.6.13b.
pīyūṣasya kṣīrasya sarpiṣaḥ # AVP.5.15.1a.
putrasya pāthaḥ padam advayāvinaḥ # RV.1.159.3d.
putrasya śavaso mahaḥ # RV.8.90.2d; AVś.20.104.4d; SV.2.843d.
punānasya prabhūvasoḥ # RV.9.35.6c. Cf. punānāya prabhū-.
punānasya saṃyato yanti raṃhayaḥ # RV.9.86.47b.
puraṃdarasya gīrbhir ā vivāse # RV.7.6.2c.
purumāyasya ririce mahitvam # RV.6.21.2d.
puruvīrasya nṛvataḥ purukṣoḥ # RV.6.22.3b; AVś.20.36.3b.
puruścandrasya tvam indra vasvaḥ # RV.6.36.4b.
puruṣasya vidma sahasrākṣasya # TA.10.1.5a. See tat puruṣāya (cf. note on the TA. passage).
puruṣasya vi bhejire # AVś.11.8.31b.
puruṣasya sayāvari # TA.6.1.2a (bis).
puruṣṭutasya kati cit paripriyaḥ # RV.9.72.1d.
puruṣṭutasya dhāmabhiḥ (MS. nā-) # RV.3.37.4a; AVś.20.19.4a; MS.4.12.3a: 184.5; Vait.32.3.
puroḍāśasya juṣatāṃ havir naḥ # MS.4.14.12b: 235.13; 4.14.13b: 236.8; TB.2.8.3.7b; 4.1b.
puṣṭasya vā puṣṭapatir babhūvitha # AVP.5.27.4b.
pūrtasya sadane sīdāmi # Kauś.3.7; 137.39.
pūrvasya yat te adrivaḥ # ā.4.8a; Mahānāmnyaḥ 8a.
pūrvasya yoniṃ pitur ā viveśa # RV.5.47.3b; VS.17.60b; TS.4.6.3.4b; MS.2.10.5b: 137.14; KS.18.3b; śB.9.2.3.18.
pūrvāhṇasya tejasāgram annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.2.
pṛkṣasya vṛṣṇo aruṣasya nū sahaḥ # RV.6.8.1a; AB.4.32.8; KB.20.3; 21.3; 22.2. P: pṛkṣasya vṛṣṇaḥ Aś.7.4.13; 7.8; śś.10.3.15; Svidh.1.4.17. See prakṣasya.
pṛthivīsamantasya te 'gnir upadraṣṭā # BDh.2.8.14.12. See next.
paidvasya manmahe vayam # AVś.10.4.11a.
prakṣasya vṛṣṇo aruṣasya nū mahaḥ # ArS.3.8a. See pṛkṣasya.
prasarsrāṇasya nahuṣasya śeṣaḥ # RV.5.12.6d.
praskaṇvasya pratirann āyur jīvase # RV.1.44.6c.
praskaṇvasya śrudhī havam # RV.1.45.3d; N.3.17d.
prasyandi tvaca utpaṭaḥ # śB.14.6.9.31b; BṛhU.3.9.31b.
prāṇasya ca me prāṇo bhūyāt # TA.3.7.3.
prāṇasya tvā paraspāyai (MS. paraspāya; KA. paraspāṃ) cakṣuṣas tanuvaḥ (MS. tanvas; KA. tanvaṃ) pāhi # MS.4.9.10: 131.2; TA.4.11.3; KA.3.183. Ps: prāṇasya tvā paraspāyai TA.5.9.2; Apś.15.14.1; prāṇasya tvā Mś.4.4.13.
prāṇasya panthā amṛto (MS. -taṃ) grahābhyām # VS.19.90b; MS.3.11.9b: 154.6; KS.38.3b; TB.2.6.4.5b.
prāṇasya prāṇam uta cakṣuṣaś cakṣuḥ # śB.14.7.2.21a; BṛhU.4.4.21a.
prāṇasya brahmacāry asi (ApMB. asmi; HG. abhūr asau) # AG.1.20.8; HG.1.6.3; ApMB.2.3.30 (ApG.4.11.2); MG.1.22.5.
prāṇasya vidvān samare na dhīraḥ # TS.3.2.8.2b; MS.2.3.8b: 36.18. See yajñasya etc.
prāṇāhasya tṛṇasya ca # AVś.9.3.4b.
prāyaṇīyasya tokmāni # VS.19.13b.
priyosriyasya vṛṣabhasya retinaḥ # RV.10.40.11c.
prendrasya vocaṃ prathamā kṛtāni # RV.7.98.5a; AVś.20.87.5a.
prehāmṛtasya yachatām # AVś.6.121.3c; TA.2.6.1c.
bastasya puruṣasya ca # AVP.4.5.6b.
bibhyasyanto 'vavāśire (read vavāśire) # N.1.10c.
bṛhaspatisutasya ta (MS. tā; omitted in KS., with hiatus between -sutasya and inda) indo (KSṃS. inda) indriyāvataḥ patnīvantaṃ (KS. -vato) grahaṃ gṛhṇāmi (KS. graham ṛdhyāsam; MS. grahaṃ rādhyāsam) # TS.1.4.27.1; MS.1.3.29: 40.3; KS.4.11. Ps: bṛhaspatisutasya tā inda indriyāvataḥ MS.4.7.4: 97.10; bṛhaspatisutasya ta indriyāva (iti !) TS.6.5.8.3; KS.28.8; bṛhaspatiprasutasya te Apś.13.14.7; bṛhaspatisutasya te Mś.2.5.2.10. See next.
bṛhaspatisutasya deva soma ta indor (VSK. inda) indriyāvataḥ patnīvato grahāṃ ṛdhyāsam # VS.8.9; VSK.8.6.1; śB.4.4.2.12. P: bṛhaspatisutasya Kś.10.6.16. See prec.
bradhnasya viṣṭapaṃ catustriṃśaḥ # VS.14.23; TS.4.3.8.1; 5.3.3.5; MS.2.8.4: 109.7; KS.17.4; 20.13; śB.8.4.1.23.
bradhnasya viṣṭapam agamam # TB.3.7.7.4; Apś.10.9.4.
bradhnasya viṣṭapāya pātranirṇegam (VS. viṣṭapāyābhiṣektāram) # VS.30.12; TB.3.4.1.8.
brahmajyasya kṣitir hi sā # AVś.12.5.16b.
brahmajyasya prati muñca pāśān # AVś.13.3.1h,2f--4f,5g,6h,7g,8f,9g--12g,13h,14h,15g,16h,17g,18h,19h,20f,21h,22f,23h,24g,25h.
brahmaṇendrasya tvā jaṭhare dadhuḥ # Mś.5.2.15.18. See indrasya tvā jaṭhare.
brahmaudanasya vihitā vedir agre # AVś.11.1.23b.
brāhmaṇasya kilbiṣe nāthitasya # AVP.8.15.8c.
brāhmaṇasya tṛptim anu tṛpyāmi # GG.1.9.3.
brāhmaṇasya nijagmima # AVP.9.23.1b.
bhagabhaktasya te vayam # RV.1.24.5a. Cf. BṛhD.3.98.
bhagasya tanvo bale # AVś.2.29.1b.
bhagasya dhārām avase pratīmaḥ # AVP.5.31.8d; 7.15.9c.
bhagasya nāvam ā roha # AVś.2.36.5a; AVP.2.21.5a. P: bhagasya nāvam Kauś.34.16.
bhagasya rājñaḥ sumatiṃ gamema # AVP.10.6.1a.
bhagasya rātim īmahe # RV.3.62.11c.
bhagasya sumatāv asat # AVś.14.2.15d,21d. See iyaṃ bhagasya.
bhagasya svasā varuṇasya jāmiḥ # RV.1.123.5a.
bhagasya hy anaḍvāhau # AVP.8.11.3a.
bhajerathasya satpatim # RV.10.60.2c.
bhadrapāpasya nidhanaṃ titikṣuḥ # AVś.12.1.48b.
bhadrasya kartā rocamānā āgāt # MS.4.14.14d: 239.16.
bhadrasya vidvāṃ avase huve vaḥ # RV.2.29.1d.
bharatasyaiṣa dauḥṣanteḥ # AB.8.23.4a.
bharadvājasya matayas ta īśatām # AVP.3.37.6c.
bharadvājasya mantreṇa # SMB.2.7.2a.
bhavasya kaṇṭhyam # VS.39.9.
bhavasya devasya patnīṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6. Cf. next.
bhavasya devasya patnyai svāhā # ApMB.2.18.22 (ApG.7.20.4); HG.2.8.7. Cf. prec.
bhavasya devasya sutaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
bhāradvājasya saṃskṛtā # JB.2.270b.
bhāradvājasya hantāram # JB.2.270c.
bhīmasya devasya patnīṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6. Cf. next.
bhīmasya devasya patnyai svāhā # ApMB.2.18.28 (ApG.7.20.4); HG.2.8.7. Cf. prec.
bhīmasya devasya sutaṃ tarpayāmi # BDh.2.5.9.6.
bhīmasya vṛṣṇo jaṭharād abhiśvasaḥ # RV.10.92.8c.
bhuvanasya goptā # TA.10.1.14b. See bhavye bhuvanasya.
bhuvanasya pata idaṃ haviḥ # TA.6.1.2.
bhuvanasya pataye (MS. pataye 'dhipataye) svāhā # VS.9.20; 18.28; 22.32; MS.1.11.3: 164.2; KS.14.1; śB.5.2.1.2. Fragment: pataye 'dhipataye Mś.6.2.5.26.
bhuvanasya pate yasya ta upari gṛhā iha ca sa no rāsvājyāniṃ rāyas poṣaṃ suvīryaṃ saṃvatsarīṇāṃ svastim # TS.3.4.7.2. P: bhuvanasya pate TS.3.4.8.5; 5.4.9.3; Apś.17.20.3,5. Cf. sa no bhuvanasya pate.
bhuvanasya pate vayam # RV.9.31.6b.
bhuvanasya pitaraṃ gīrbhir ābhiḥ # RV.6.49.10a. Cf. BṛhD.5.116.
bhūtasya jātaḥ patir eka āsīt # RV.10.121.1b; AVś.4.2.7b; AVP.4.1.1b; VS.13.4b; 23.1b; 25.10b; VSK.29.33b; TS.4.1.8.3b; 2.8.2b; MS.2.7.15b: 96.13; 2.13.23b: 168.5; 3.12.16b: 165.1; KS.16.15b; 40.1b; KSA.5.11b; śB.7.4.1.19; N.10.23b. See bhūtānāṃ etc.
bhūtasya naḥ patayo mṛḍayantu # AVś.10.1.22b.
bhūtasya pataye yaje # AVś.3.10.9d,10d; AVP.1.105.4d.
bhūtasya patir iha śarma yachāt # AVP.2.73.2d.
bhedasya cic chardhato vinda randhim # RV.7.18.18b.
bhrājasya sthāne svatejasā bhāni # TA.1.16.1.
bhrātendrasya sakhā mama # RV.6.55.5c.
maṃhiṣṭhasya prabhṛtasya svadhāvaḥ # RV.1.147.2b; VS.12.42b; TS.4.2.3.4b; MS.2.7.10b: 88.15; KS.16.10b; śB.6.8.2.9.
makṣūtamasya rātiṣu # RV.8.19.12b.
makhasya te taviṣasya pra jūtim # RV.3.34.2a; AVś.20.11.2a.
makhasya te 'dya śiro rādhyāsaṃ devayajane pṛthivyāḥ # VS.37.5; śB.14.1.2.11. See under ṛtasyardhyāsam.
makhasya tvā śīrṣṇe # VS.37.3,4,5,6 (ter),7 (ter),8 (sexies),9 (sexies),10 (ter); MS.4.9.1 (quater): 121.2,3,5,6; śB.14.1.2.9--11,13,14,17,19--21,25; TA.4.2.3 (bis),4,5; 5.2.7; KA.1.9--13; Apś.15.1.10. P: makhasya tvā Mś.4.1.10.
makhasya mā yaśo 'ryāt # TS.3.2.4.1.
makhasya rāsnāsi # MS.4.9.1: 121.8; TA.4.2.6; KA.1.21; 2.21; Apś.15.3.3; Mś.4.1.18.
makhasya śiro 'si # VS.11.57; 37.8 (ter); TS.1.1.8.1; 12.1; 4.1.5.3; 5.1.6.3; MS.2.7.6: 80.13; 3.1.7: 8.16; 4.1.9: 11.5; 4.9.1: 121.7; KS.1.8; 16.5; 19.6; 31.7; śB.6.5.2.1,2; TB.3.2.8.3; 3.7.11; TA.4.2.5; 5.3.2; KA.1.15; 2.15; Apś.1.24.5; 2.14.12; 15.2.14; 16.4.4; Mś.1.2.3.16; --4.1.15; 6.1.2.5. P: makhasya śiraḥ Kś.16.3.23; 26.1.17.
maghasya medhyātithe # RV.8.1.30d.
madintamasya dhārayā # RV.9.62.22c; SV.2.411c.
madhyaṃdinasya tejasā madhyam annasya prāśiṣam # Kauś.22.3.
manuṣyakṛtasyainaso 'vayajanam asi (TāṃahānU.Aś.BDh. asi svāhā) # VS.8.13; TS.3.2.5.7; PB.1.6.10; Tā.10.59; MahānU.18.1; Aś.6.12.3; śś.8.9.1; Apś.13.17.9; Mś.2.5.4.8; BDh.4.3.6. P: manuṣyakṛtasya Vait.23.12.
mandrasya kaver divyasya vahneḥ # RV.6.39.1a.
mandrasya rūpaṃ vividur manīṣiṇaḥ # RV.9.68.6a.
marutstotrasya vṛjanasya gopāḥ # RV.1.101.11a.
martasya tanuhi sthiram # RV.10.134.2b; SV.2.442b.
martasya devī jarayanty āyuḥ # RV.1.92.10d.
martasya devy avasaḥ # RV.9.58.2b; SV.2.408b.
mahaṛṣabhasya (AVP. maharṣa-) nadato nabhasvataḥ # AVś.4.15.1c,5c; AVP.5.7.1c.
maharṣabhasya etc. # see mahaṛṣabhasya etc.
mahādevasya dhīmahi # TA.10.1.5b. See sahasrākṣasya mahā-.
mahādevasya putrābhyām # śś.4.20.1c.
mahādevasya yakṛt # VS.39.9.
mahādhanasya puruhūta saṃsṛji # RV.10.84.6d; AVś.4.31.6d; AVP.4.12.6d.
mahāvīrasya nagnahuḥ # VS.19.14b.
mahivratasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # AVś.13.2.1d.
mahendrasya (sc. ahaṃ devayajyayānnādo bhūyāsam) # Apś.4.9.13.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya dadhnaḥ # RV.10.179.3c; AVś.7.72.3c.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya dhānāḥ # RV.3.52.5a; Aś.5.4.3. P: mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya śś.7.17.1.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya niṣkevalyasya bhāgasya śukravato madhuścuta (Kś.10.2.3, manthīvata) indrāya somān prasthitān preṣya (Apś. śukravato manthivato madhuścuta indrāya somān; Mś. savanasya śukravato manthivato niṣkevalyasya bhāgasyendrāya somān prasthitān preṣya) # Kś.10.2.2,3; Apś.13.4.14; Mś.2.4.4.26.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasya vṛtrahann anedya # RV.8.37.1d,2c,3c,4c,5c,6c.
mādhyaṃdinasya savanasyendrāya puroḍāśānām # Apś.13.4.8; Mś.2.4.4.22.
mānasya patni (AVP. patnī) śaraṇā syonā # AVś.3.12.5a; AVP.3.20.5a. See mā naḥ sapatnaḥ.
mānasya patni haviṣo juṣasva # AVP.7.6.7a.
mānasya patnī śaraṇā syonā # see mānasya patni etc.
mānasya sūnuḥ sahasāne agnau # RV.1.189.8b.
māndāryasya mānyasya kāroḥ # RV.1.165.15b; 166.15b; 167.11b; 168.10b; VS.34.48b; MS.4.11.3b: 170.7; KS.9.18b.
mitrasya garbho varuṇasya nābhiḥ # RV.6.47.28b; AVś.6.125.3b; AVP.15.11.7b; VS.29.54b; TS.4.6.6.6b; MS.3.16.3b: 186.11; KSA.6.1b.
mitrasya cakṣur dharuṇaṃ (VārG. dharaṇaṃ) balīyaḥ (HG. dharīyaḥ) # śG.2.1.30a; PG.2.2.10a (crit. notes; see Speijer, Jātakarma, p. 22); HG.1.4.6a; ApMB.2.2.11a (ApG.4.10.11); VārG.5.9a.
mitrasya cakṣuṣā samīkṣāmahe # VS.36.18. Cf. mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣā sam-.
mitrasya ca dakṣiṇāḥ # AVP.2.85.4b.
mitrasya ca praśastibhiḥ # RV.5.9.6b.
mitrasya carṣaṇīdhṛtaḥ # RV.3.59.6a; VS.11.62a; TS.3.4.11.5a; 4.1.6.3a; MS.1.5.4a: 70.17; 1.5.11: 79.15; 2.7.6a: 81.17; 3.1.8: 10.14; 4.9.1a: 121.17; KS.16.6a; 19.7; 23.12a; śB.6.5.4.10; TA.4.3.2a; KA.1.26a,218Fa,218Ga; 2.26; Aś.7.5.9; śś.3.17.12; 9.26.3 (comm.); Apś.6.18.1; Mś.4.1.23; 6.1.2.18; BDh.2.4.7.11. P: mitrasya Kś.16.4.15. Cf. indrasya etc.
mitrasya tā varuṇasya vratāni # RV.3.55.6c.
mitrasya tṛtīyā # VS.25.5.
mitrasya tvā cakṣuṣā pratīkṣe (KAṃś. cakṣuṣānvīkṣe; Lś.Aś.8.4.18, cakṣuṣā prati paśyāmi; TS.KSṭB.KA.Apś. cakṣuṣā prekṣe) # VSK.2.3.4; TS.1.1.4.1; KS.1.4; 31.3; KB.6.14; TB.3.2.4.5; KA.1.218E (bis); Aś.1.13.1; 8.14.18; śś.4.7.4; Lś.4.11.10; Kś.2.2.15; Apś.1.17.9; 3.19.5; Mś.5.2.15.15; AG.1.24.14. P: mitrasya tvā PG.1.3.16. Cf. mitrasya vaś etc. Designated as maitryaḥ (sc. ṛcaḥ) BDh.2.10.18.21.
mitrasya navamī # TS.5.7.21.1; KSA.13.11.
mitrasya bhāgo 'si # VS.14.24; TS.4.3.9.1; 5.3.4.2; MS.2.8.5: 109.12; KS.17.4; 21.1; śB.8.4.2.6; Mś.6.2.1.24. P: mitrasya bhāgaḥ Kś.17.10.12.
mitrasya mā cakṣuṣā sarvāṇi bhūtāni samīkṣantām # VS.36.18.
mitrasya mā cakṣuṣekṣadhvam # VS.5.34. P: mitrasya mā Kś.9.8.23.
mitrasya yāyāṃ pathā # RV.5.64.3b.
mitrasya varuṇasya ca # AVś.6.85.2b; Kauś.6.17b.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣānuvīkṣe # Aś.8.14.18. See next, and cf. mitrasya tvā etc.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣā prekṣe # MS.1.1.5: 3.2; 4.1.5: 6.16; Mś.1.2.1.29. See prec., and cf. mitrasya tvā.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣāvekṣe # MS.1.1.7: 4.6; 4.1.7: 9.13; Mś.1.2.2.31. Cf. adabdhena vaś etc.
mitrasya vaś cakṣuṣā samīkṣadhvam (and samīkṣāmahe) # MS.4.9.27: 140.7. P: mitrasya Mś.4.3.42. Cf. mitrasya cakṣuṣā.
mitrasya vratā varuṇasya dīrghaśrut # RV.8.25.17c.
mitrasya vrate varuṇasya devāḥ # RV.10.36.13b; MS.4.14.11b: 232.8; TB.2.8.6.4b.
mitrasya śraddhā # TA.3.9.2.
mitrasya hi pratūrvataḥ # RV.5.65.4c.
mukhasya tvā dyumnāya surabhyāsyatvāya prāśnāmi # śś.1.12.5.
mukhasya praticakṣaṇāt # AVP.8.10.9d.
mṛgasya ghoṣaṃ mahiṣasya hi gman # RV.10.123.4b.
mṛgasya sṛtam (HG. śṛtam) akṣṇayā # ApMB.1.13.6c; HG.1.16.17c.
maitrāvaruṇasya camasādhvaryav (Mś. -ya) ādrava (śB.Kś. ehi) # TS.6.4.3.3; śB.3.9.3.16; Kś.9.3.3; Apś.12.5.2; Mś.2.3.2.9.
yajamānasya no gṛhe devaiḥ (MS.KS. omit devaiḥ) saṃskṛtam # TS.1.2.9.1; MS.1.2.6: 15.16; KS.2.7; 24.7.
yajamānasya paridhir asy agnir iḍa (MS. paridhir asīḍa) īḍitaḥ (VSK. agnir ila īlitaḥ) # VS.2.3 (ter); VSK.2.1.4 (bis); MS.1.1.12: 7.12; śB.1.3.4.2,3,4. See next.
yajamānasya paridhir iḍa īḍitaḥ # TS.1.1.11.1 (bis),2; MS.1.1.12 (bis): 7.10,11; KS.1.11. See prec.
yajamānasya paśupā asi # KS.1.1.
yajamānasya paśūn pāhi # VS.1.1; TS.1.1.1.1; MS.1.1.1: 1.4; 4.1.1: 2.8; KS.1.1; śB.1.7.1.8; TB.3.2.1.5; Apś.1.2.10; Mś.1.1.1.22. P: yajamānasya paśūn Kś.4.2.11.
yajamānasya pratiranty āyuḥ # AVP.14.5.1d.
yajamānasya prāṇāpānau pātam # Kś.3.4.25.
yajamānasya vijitaṃ sarvaṃ samaitu # Vait.37.13.
yajamānasya satpate # RV.8.12.18b; AVś.20.111.3b.
yajamānasya sunvataḥ # RV.6.54.6b; 60.15b.
yajamānasya svastyayany asi # TS.1.2.9.1; 6.1.11.5.
yajñasya kāmyaḥ priyaḥ # TB.2.4.6.7d.
yajñasya ketuḥ pavate svadhvaraḥ # RV.9.86.7a.
yajñasya ketuṃ janayanta devāḥ # RV.6.7.2d; SV.2.492d.
yajñasya ketum aruṣaṃ yajadhyai # RV.6.49.2d.
yajñasya ketum indhate # RV.6.2.3b.
yajñasya ketuṃ prathamaṃ purastāt # RV.3.29.5c.
yajñasya ketuṃ prathamaṃ (JB. -maḥ) purohitam # RV.5.11.2a; 10.122.4a; SV.2.259a; TS.4.4.4.3a; KS.39.14a; JB.3.62--63 (in fragments: yajñasya ketum, prathamaḥ purohitam).
yajñasya ketur arhaṇā # RV.1.127.6e.
yajñasya ketur bṛhatī vi bhāhi # RV.1.113.19b.
yajñasya ketur manmasādhano veḥ # RV.1.96.6b.
yajñasya kriyate mithu # ṣB.1.6.19b; TB.3.7.11.5b; Apś.3.12.1b. See arthasya karmaṇo.
yajñasya gopā uta rakṣitāraḥ # KS.1.12c.
yajñasya ghoṣad asi # TS.1.1.2.1; TB.3.2.2.2; Apś.1.3.3. See goṣad.
yajñasya cakṣuḥ prabhṛtir mukhaṃ ca # AVś.2.35.5a; 19.58.5a; AVP.1.81.1a. P: yajñasya cakṣuḥ Kauś.3.16.
yajñasya jihvām avidāma guhyām (MS. -yam) # RV.10.53.3b; TS.1.3.14.2b; MS.4.11.1b: 162.6; KS.2.15b.
yajñasya jūtyā vṛṇe # RV.3.12.3b; SV.2.21b.
yajñasya te yajñapate sūktoktau # MS.1.3.39c: 45.10. See under yajñasya tvā yajñapate.
yajñasya te vidathā prabravīmi # VS.23.58c.
yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayā parimayonmayā (Apś. pratimayā) parigṛhṇāmi # MS.1.4.11: 60.9; Apś.4.5.4; 9.13.6. P: yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayā Mś.1.4.1.14. See next two.
yajñasya tvā pramayābhimayonmayā pratimayā parigṛhṇāmi # KS.5.4; 32.4. See prec. and next.
yajñasya tvā pramayonmayābhimayā pratimayā # Aś.3.13.15. See prec. two.
yajñasya tvā yajñapate saha # KS.4.13c; 29.3. See yajñasya te yajñapate, and next.
yajñasya tvā yajñapate sūktoktau (TS. havirbhiḥ) # VS.8.25c; TS.1.4.45.2c; śB.4.4.5.20. See yajñasya te yajñapate, and prec.
yajñasya tvā vidathā pṛcham atra # VS.23.57c.
yajñasya tvā saṃtatim anusaṃtanomi # TB.3.7.4.17; Apś.1.13.15; 6.5.5.
yajñasya tvā saṃtatyai stṛṇāmi (śś. nayāmi) # TB.3.2.4.1; śś.2.6.12; Apś.1.15.4; 12.18.7; Mś.1.2.1.19.
yajñasya devam ṛtvijam # RV.1.1.1b; ArS.3.4b; TS.4.3.13.3b; MS.4.10.5b: 155.1; KS.2.14b; GB.1.1.29b; N.7.15b.
yajñasya doho vitataḥ purutrā # VS.8.62a; śś.13.12.13a. P: yajñasya dohaḥ Kś.25.6.7.
yajñasya dhāma paramaṃ guhā yat (JB. guhāyām, but read perhaps as RV.) # RV.10.181.2b; JB.1.277a.
yajñasya dhāma prathamaṃ mananta # RV.10.67.2d; AVś.20.91.2d.
yajñasya dhūrṣu sadman # RV.10.105.9b.
yajñasya nidhipo 'si (PG. nidhipā asi) # AG.1.22.21b; PG.2.4.2b. See vedasya nidhigopo 'si, and vedānāṃ nidhipo asi.
yajñasya netā prathamasya pāyoḥ # RV.3.15.4c.
yajñasya netrī śucayadbhir arkaiḥ # RV.4.56.2a.
yajñasya no viriṣṭaṃ saṃdhehi # GB.1.1.14.
yajñasya pakṣāv ṛṣayaḥ kalpayantaḥ # AVś.8.9.14b. See next.
yajñasya pakṣāv (MS.KS. -ṣā) ṛṣayo bhavantī # TS.4.3.11.2b; MS.2.13.10b: 160.7; KS.39.10b. See prec.
yajñasya paṅktiḥ # TA.3.9.2.
yajñasya pathā suvitā nayantīḥ # TS.1.4.43.2; 6.6.1.3.
yajñasya pade sthaḥ # TS.4.1.5.3; 5.1.6.3; MS.4.9.1: 121.7; TA.4.2.6; 5.3.3; KA.1.16; 2.16; Apś.15.2.14; 16.4.4; Mś.4.1.16.
yajñasya paprir amṛtā svargā # AVP.5.31.9b; 7.15.10b.
yajñasya pātha upasamitam # TS.1.1.13.2; TB.3.3.9.6; Apś.3.7.12; Mś.1.3.4.26.
yajñasya peśaḥ sudughe payasvatī # RV.2.3.6d.
yajñasya pramābhimonmā pratimā vedyāṃ kriyamāṇāyām # KS.34.14.
yajñasya prāvitā bhava # RV.3.21.3d; MS.4.13.5d: 204.13; KS.16.21d; AB.2.12.13d; TB.3.6.7.2d.
yajñasya mātā (SMB. mātaraṃ) suhavā me astu # TB.2.5.3.2b; SMB.2.6.9b. See cittasya mātā.
yajñasya mātrāṃ vi mimīta u tvaḥ # RV.10.71.11d; N.1.8d.
yajñasya mātrām abhikalpamānā # AVP.12.10.7d.
yajñasya mithunaṃ pannejanīṣu # KS.34.15.
yajñasya-yajñasya ketuṃ ruśantam # RV.10.1.5b; TB.2.4.3.6b.
yajñasya yuktau dhuryā (TB.Apś. -yāv) abhūtām (MS. -thām) # MS.1.4.3b: 51.4; KS.5.4b; TB.3.7.5.11b; Apś.3.9.10b.
yajñasya yonim abhisaṃbabhūvuḥ # KS.39.2b; Apś.16.29.1b.
yajñasya yonau mahiṣasya dhāman # AVP.15.2.8b. See under ṛtasya dhāmno.
yajñasyarddhim anu saṃtiṣṭhasva # TB.3.7.6.20; Tā.10.77; Apś.4.12.10.
yajñasya vaya uttiran # AVś.6.36.2c; Aś.8.9.7c; śś.10.11.9c. See yajñasya svar.
yajñasya vā niśitiṃ voditiṃ vā # RV.6.15.11c.
yajñasya vidvān paruṣaś cikitvān # RV.10.53.1b; Apś.24.13.3b.
yajñasya vidvān samaye na dhīraḥ # AVś.2.35.3b; AVP.1.88.2b. See prāṇasya etc.
yajñasya vṛddhim anu vardha # ApMB.2.10.8.
yajñasya vo rathyaṃ viśpatiṃ viśām # RV.10.92.1a; AB.4.32.6; KB.19.9; 22.2. Ps: yajñasya vo rathyam Aś.7.4.12; yajñasya vaḥ śś.10.3.14. Cf. BṛhD.7.146.
yajñasya śāke parame vyoman # RV.5.15.2b.
yajñasya śiraḥ pratidhāsyāmaḥ # śB.14.1.3.2.
yajñasya śiraḥ pratidhehi # śB.14.1.3.2.
yajñasya saṃtatir asi # TB.3.2.4.1; 7.4.17; śś.2.6.12; Apś.1.13.15; 15.4; 6.5.5; 12.18.7; Mś.1.2.1.19.
yajñasya saṃtatir vasatīvarīṣu prahriyamāṇāsu # KS.34.15.
yajñasya sapta dhāmabhir adha priyam # RV.9.102.2c; SV.2.364c.
yajñasya sahaso yaho # RV.8.84.5b; SV.2.900b.
yajñasya sādhanaṃ girā # RV.8.23.9b.
yajñasya svar uttiran # SV.2.1059b. See yajñasya vaya.
yajñasya hi stha ṛtvijā (TB.Apś. ṛtviyau; JB. ṛtvijā iti, without saṃdhi) # RV.8.38.1a; SV.2.423a; KS.35.5a; JB.3.142; PB.13.8.5; TB.3.7.8.3a; Aś.7.2.4; śś.12.1.5; Apś.14.30.2a. P: yajñasya hi stha Aś.7.5.17.
yatrāmṛtasya cakṣaṇam # RV.1.13.5c. Cf. tatrāmṛtasya etc.
yatrendrasya ṛṣabhasya (KS. meṣasya) haviṣaḥ priyā dhāmāni # VS.21.46; KS.18.21.
yatrendrasya sutrāmṇaḥ priyā dhāmāni # VS.21.46.
yathāpuṇyasya karmaṇaḥ # TA.1.8.6b.
yathāśvasya yathā śunaḥ # AVP.2.81.4b.
yamasya gacha sādanam # AVP.2.5.8c. See ayā yamasya.
yamasya jātam amṛtaṃ yajāmahe # RV.1.83.5d; AVś.20.25.5d.
yamasya trayodaśī # VS.25.4; MS.3.15.4: 179.2.
yamasya dūtaḥ prahita eṣa eti (TA. prahito bhavasya cobhayoḥ) # MS.4.9.19d: 136.2; TA.4.29.1d.
yamasya dūtaś ca vāg vidhāvati # MS.4.9.19b: 136.1. See next.
yamasya dūtaḥ śvapād vidhāvasi # TA.4.29.1b. See prec.
yamasya dūtau carato janāṃ (TA. 'vaśāṃ) anu # RV.10.14.12b; AVś.18.2.13b; AVP.10.9.10b; TA.6.3.2b.
yamasya panthām anuvetā purāṇam # Apś.1.10.6b.
yamasya pāṭūraḥ (KSA. pāṭoraḥ) # TS.5.7.21.1; KSA.13.11.
yamasya balinā carāmi # TB.3.7.9.8b; Apś.13.22.5b. See yamasya yena, and yena yamasya.
yamasya bhāga stha # AVś.10.5.12.
yamasya mātā paryuhyamānā # RV.10.17.1c; AVś.18.1.53c; N.12.11c.
yamasya mā yamyaṃ kāma āgan # RV.10.10.7a; AVś.18.1.8a.
yamasya yena balinā carāmi # AVś.6.117.1b. See under yamasya balinā.
yamasya yonau śakunaṃ bhuraṇyum # RV.10.123.6d; AVś.18.3.66d; SV.1.320d; 2.1196d; TB.2.5.8.5d; TA.6.3.1d.
yamasya yo manavate sumantu # RV.10.12.6c; AVś.18.1.34c.
yamasya yau pathirakṣī śvānau # AVś.8.1.9b.
yamasya lokād adhy ā babhūvitha # AVś.19.56.1a; AVP.3.8.1a. Designated as paippalādamantrāḥ at the close of Atharva-pariśiṣṭa 8; cf. Hatfield, JAOS. xiv, p. clix.
yamasya loke adhirajjur āyat (TA. āya; MS. loke nidhir ajarāya) # AVś.6.118.2d; MS.4.14.17d: 245.14; TA.2.4.1d.
yamasya loke parame vyoman # AVP.11.5.4d.
yamasya samid asi # MS.1.5.2: 67.16; 1.5.8: 76.15; KS.6.9; Apś.6.16.12. P: yamasya KS.7.6. See pitṝṇāṃ samid.
yavasya te palālyā # AVś.2.8.3b.
yavasya manthaṃ papivān # AVP.9.9.3c.
yavasya mahimā mahān # AVP.9.9.3b.
yavasyaitat palālinaḥ # AVP.9.11.12a.
yaviṣṭhasya brahmaṇā jātavedasaḥ # AVP.12.19.1d.
yaśastamasya mīḍhuṣaḥ # RV.2.8.1c.
yasya kṛṇmo (VSṭSṃS.KS.śB. kurmo) havir gṛhe (VSṃS.KS.śB. -mo gṛhe haviḥ) # AVś.6.5.3a; 7.76.5d; VS.17.52a; TS.4.6.3.1a; MS.2.10.4a: 135.7; KS.18.3a; śB.9.2.2.7.
yasya kratur vidathyo na samrāṭ # RV.4.21.2c.
yasya krūram asacanta duṣkṛtaḥ # AVś.19.56.5a. See vy asya krūram.
yasya kṣayāya jinvatha # RV.10.9.3b; AVś.1.5.3b; SV.2.1189b; VS.11.52b; 36.16b; TS.4.1.5.1b; 5.6.1.4b; 7.4.19.4b; MS.2.7.5b: 80.1; 4.9.27b: 139.7; KS.16.4b; 35.3b; TA.4.42.4b; 10.1.12b; KA.1.219Bb; ApMB.2.7.15b.
yasya gā antar aśmanaḥ # RV.6.43.3a.
yasya gāvāv aruṣā sūyavasyū # RV.6.27.7a.
yasya gṛha ādāyeta # AVP.12.10.3a.
yasya goṣu vaśā syāt # AVP.12.10.5d.
yasya grāmā yasya viśve rathāsaḥ # RV.2.12.7b; AVś.20.34.7b; AVP.12.14.7b.
yasya grāvāṇaḥ pravadanti nṛmṇe # AVP.4.39.2b. See yasmai grāvāṇaḥ.
yasya grāvāṇo ajuṣadhvam adhvaram # RV.10.94.10d.
yasya catasraḥ pradiśaḥ # AVś.10.7.16a.
yasya chāyāmṛtaṃ yasya mṛtyuḥ # RV.10.121.2c; AVś.4.2.2c; AVP.4.1.2c; VS.25.13c; TS.4.1.8.4c; 7.5.17.1c; MS.2.13.23c: 168.10; KS.40.1c; NṛpU.2.4c.
yasya jātaṃ janamānaṃ ca kevalam # TS.4.7.15.1b; MS.3.16.5b: 190.8; KS.22.15b. See yaj jātaṃ janitavyaṃ.
yasya jīram adhvaryavaś caranti # RV.5.31.12d.
yasya jujoṣo adhvaram # RV.4.9.6b.
yasya juṣṭiṃ sominaḥ kāmayante # AVś.4.24.5a; AVP.4.39.5a.
yasya ta indraḥ pibād yasya marutaḥ # SV.2.447a. See yasya na.
yasya takmā kāsikā hetir ekam # AVś.11.2.22a.
yasya tarema tarasā śataṃ himāḥ # RV.5.54.15d.
yasya tīvrasutaṃ madam # RV.6.43.2a.
yasya te agne anye agnayaḥ # RV.8.19.33a.
yasya te dyumnavat payaḥ # RV.9.66.30a.
yasya te nāmāmanmahi # VS.7.29; VSK.9.1.4; śB.4.5.6.4.
yasya te nū cid ādiśam # RV.8.93.11a.
yasya te 'nnaṃ na kṣīyate # Kauś.135.9a.
yasya te pītvā vṛṣabho vṛṣāyate # RV.9.108.2a; SV.2.43a.
yasya te pūṣan sakhye vipanyavaḥ # RV.1.138.3a.
yasya te prathamavāsyaṃ harāmaḥ # ApMB.2.6.15a (ApG.4.11.26); HG.1.7.17a. See yasya te vāsaḥ, and yasya devāsaḥ.
yasya te madyaṃ rasam # RV.9.65.15a.
yasya te mahinā mahaḥ # RV.8.68.3a; SV.2.1123a.
yasya te vāsaḥ prathamavāsyaṃ harāmaḥ # AVś.2.13.5a. P: yasya te vāsaḥ Kauś.54.9. See under yasya te pra-.
yasya te viśvamānuṣaḥ (SV.JB. viśvam ānuṣak) # RV.8.45.42a; AVś.20.43.3a; SV.2.421a; JB.3.141a.
yasya te viśvā āśā apsarasaḥ plīyā nāma sa na idaṃ brahma kṣatraṃ pātu # MS.2.12.2: 145.11.
yasya te viśvā bhuvanāni ketunā # RV.10.37.9a.
yasya te sakhye vayam # SV.2.129a. See asya etc.
yasya te sapta sindhavaḥ # RV.8.69.12b; AVś.20.92.9b; MS.4.7.8b: 104.11; N.5.27b.
yasya te svādu sakhyam # RV.8.68.11a.
yasya tyac chambaraṃ made # RV.6.43.1a; SV.1.392a; ā.5.2.5.2.
yasya tyat te mahimānaṃ madeṣu # RV.10.112.4a.
yasya tyan mahitvam # RV.10.26.2a.
yasya trayastriṃśad devāḥ # AVś.10.7.13a,23a,27a.
yasya trayā gatam anuprayanti # AVP.1.78.4a; Kauś.82.13a.
yasya trasanti śavasaḥ # RV.6.14.4c.
yasya trito vy ojasā # RV.1.187.1c; AVP.6.16.1c; VS.34.7c; KS.40.8c; N.9.25c.
yasya tridhātv avṛtam # RV.8.102.14a; SV.2.921a; KS.40.14a.
yasya trī pūrṇā madhunā padāni # RV.1.154.4a.
yasya tvaṃ sakhyam āvaraḥ (SVṭS. āvitha) # RV.8.19.30c; SV.1.108c; 2.1172c; TS.3.2.11.1c; KS.12.14c.
yasya tvam agne adhvaraṃ jujoṣaḥ # RV.4.2.10a.
yasya tvam avitā bhuvaḥ # RV.7.32.11b.
yasya tvam indra stomeṣu cākanaḥ # RV.8.52 (Vāl.4).4a.
yasya tvam ūrdhvo adhvarāya tiṣṭhasi # RV.8.19.10a.
yasya divam ati mahnā pṛthivyāḥ # RV.6.21.2c.
yasya dūtaḥ prahita eṣa etat # RV.10.165.4c; MG.2.17.1c.
yasya dūto asi kṣaye # RV.1.74.4a.
yasya deva dadhiṣe pūrvapeyam # RV.7.92.1d; VS.7.7d; TS.1.4.4.1d; 3.4.2.1d; MS.1.3.6d: 32.10; śB.4.1.3.18d. See yato deva etc.
yasya devasya praśiṣā carāmi # AVP.5.33.1c. See tasya devasya praśiṣā.
yasya devasya sumatau # AVP.1.103.3a.
yasya devā akalpanta # AVś.11.3.21a.
yasya devā anusaṃyanti cetaḥ # TB.3.1.1.7b.
yasya devā gachatho vītho adhvaram # RV.7.82.7c.
yasya devā devatā saṃbabhūvuḥ # AVś.19.4.4c.
yasya devāsaḥ prathamavāsyaṃ harāmi # AVP.15.6.9a. See under yasya te prathamavāsyaṃ.
yasya devair āsado barhir agne # RV.7.11.2c; TB.3.6.8.2c.
yasya dyāvāpṛthivī pauṃsyaṃ mahat # RV.1.101.3a.
yasya dyāvo na vicaranti mānuṣā (SV. -ṣam) # RV.1.51.1c; SV.1.376c.
yasya dyaur urvī pṛthivī ca mahī # AVś.4.2.4a. See yena dyaur ugrā.
yasya dvārā manuṣ (SV. -nuḥ) pitā # RV.8.63.1c; SV.1.355c.
yasya dvitā vidhartari # RV.8.70.2b; AVś.20.92.17b; 105.5b; SV.2.284b; JB.3.75b.
yasya dvibarhaso bṛhat # RV.8.15.2a; AVś.20.61.5a; 62.9a.
yasya dharman svar enīḥ # RV.10.20.2c.
yasya dhāma śravase nāmendriyam # RV.1.57.3c; AVś.20.15.3c.
yasya na indraḥ pibād yasya marutaḥ # RV.9.108.14a. See yasya ta.
yasya nāma mahad yaśaḥ # VS.32.3b. See tasya etc.
yasya neśe yajñapatir na yajñaḥ # AVś.4.11.5a; AVP.3.25.4a.
yasya pītvā madaḥ # śś.6.7.10a.
yasya pratiṣṭhorv antarikṣam # TB.3.12.3.3a.
yasya pratihitāyāḥ saṃviśantaḥ # AVP.5.22.5a.
yasya pratīkam āhutaṃ ghṛtena # RV.7.8.1b; SV.1.70b.
yasya prayāṃsi parṣatha # RV.1.86.7c.
yasya prayāṇam anv anya id yayuḥ # RV.5.81.3a; VS.11.6a; TS.4.1.1.2a; MS.2.7.1a: 74.4; KS.15.11a; śB.6.3.1.18.
yasya prasvādaso giraḥ # RV.10.33.6a. Cf. BṛhD.7.36.
yasya priye mamatur yajñiyasya # RV.3.32.7c.
yasya brahma mukham āhuḥ # AVś.10.7.19a.
yasya brahma vardhanaṃ yasya somaḥ # RV.2.12.14c; AVś.20.34.15c; AVP.12.15.5c.
yasya brahmāṇaḥ sicam ārabhante # AVP.15.6.7a.
yasya brahmāṇi sukratū avāthaḥ # RV.7.61.2c.
yasya bhānti ketavo yasya raśmayaḥ (TB. bhānti raśmayo yasya ketavaḥ) # MS.4.14.14a: 239.9; TB.3.1.1.1a.
yasya bhīmaḥ pratīkāśaḥ # AVś.9.8.6a.
yasya bhūmiḥ pramā # AVś.10.7.32a.
yasya made apa gotrā vavartha # RV.3.43.7d.
yasya made cyāvayasi pra kṛṣṭīḥ # RV.3.43.7c.
yasya mandāno andhasaḥ # RV.6.43.4a.
yasya mā puruṣāḥ śatam # RV.5.27.5a.
yasya mā harito rathe # RV.10.33.5a.
yasya yava prasarpasi # AVP.9.9.1a. See yasyāñjana, and yasyauṣadhīḥ.
yasya yoge duhitā jāyate divaḥ # RV.10.39.12c.
yasya yoniṃ patireto gṛbhāya (HG. prati reto gṛhāṇa) # śG.1.19.12a; HG.1.25.1a. See vy asya yoniṃ.
yasya rūpaṃ bibhrad imām avindat # TB.1.2.1.3a; Apś.5.1.7a.
yasya lokā ime trayaḥ # AVś.10.6.31c.
yasya varṇaṃ madhuścutam # RV.9.65.8a.
yasya vaśāsa ṛṣabhāsa ukṣaṇaḥ # AVś.4.24.4a; AVP.4.39.4a.
yasya vātaḥ prāṇāpānau # AVś.10.7.34a.
yasya vā yūyaṃ prati vājino naraḥ # RV.8.20.16a.
yasya vāyor iva dravat # RV.6.45.32a.
yasya vāryamaṇā bhagaḥ # RV.9.108.14b; SV.2.447b.
yasya viśvāni hastayoḥ # RV.1.176.3a; 6.45.8a.
yasya viśve himavanto mahitvā # AVś.4.2.5a; AVP.4.1.6a. See yasyeme viśve, and yasyeme himavanto.
yasya vīryaṃ prathamasyānubuddham (AVP. -baddham) # AVś.4.24.6b; AVP.4.39.6b.
yasya vrata upa# see next but two.
yasya vrata oṣadhīr viśvarūpāḥ # RV.5.83.5c.
yasya vrataṃ na mīyate # RV.2.8.3c.
yasya vratam (AVś. -ta) upatiṣṭhanta (MS. -tā) āpaḥ # RVKh.7.96.1b; AVś.7.40.1b; TS.3.1.11.3b; MS.4.10.1b: 142.13; KS.19.14a; Aś.3.8.1b; śś.6.11.8b.
yasya vrataṃ (KS. -te) paśavo yanti sarve # RVKh.7.96.1a; AVś.7.40.1a; TS.3.1.11.3a; MS.4.10.1a: 142.13; KS.19.14b; Aś.3.8.1a; śś.6.11.8a. P: yasya vratam Vait.8.2.
yasya vrate puṣṭipatir niviṣṭaḥ # RVKh.7.96.1c; AVś.7.40.1c; TS.3.1.11.3c; MS.4.10.1c: 142.14; KS.19.14c; Aś.3.8.1c; 6.11.8c.
yasya vrate pṛthivī nannamīti # RV.5.83.5a. P: yasya vrate śś.3.13.4.
yasya vrate varuṇo yasya sūryaḥ # RV.1.101.3b.
yasya vrate śaphavaj jarbhurīti # RV.5.83.5b.
yasya śakro bhrātaraṃ nāta īṣate # RV.5.34.4b.
yasya śarmann upa viśve janāsaḥ # RV.7.6.6a.
yasya śaśvat papivāṃ indra śatrūn # RV.10.112.5a.
yasya śiro vaiśvānaraḥ # AVś.10.7.18a.
yasya śuṣkāt sindhavaḥ # RVKh.7.55.3c.
yasya śuṣmād rodasī abhyasetām # RV.2.12.1c; AVś.20.34.1c; AVP.12.14.1c; TS.1.7.13.2c; MS.4.12.3c: 186.5; KS.8.16c; N.3.21; 10.10c.
yasya śravāṃsi tūrvatha # RV.8.74.10c.
yasya śravo rodasī antar urvī # RV.7.18.24a.
yasya śrutarvā bṛhan # RV.8.74.4c. See ya sma.
yasya śvetā vicakṣaṇā # RV.8.41.9a.
yasya saṃsthe na vṛṇvate # RV.1.5.4a; AVś.20.69.2a. P: yasya saṃsthe śś.9.16.2.
yasya samudraṃ rasayā sahāhuḥ # RV.10.121.4b; VS.25.12b; TS.4.1.8.4b. See samudraṃ yasya, and samudre yasya.
yasya sarvam idaṃ vaśe # AVś.11.4.1b.
yasya sūryaś cakṣuḥ # AVś.10.7.33a.
yasya stha tam atta # AVś.2.24.1--8; AVP.2.42.1--5; 2.91.1--5.
yasya svādiṣṭhā sumatiḥ pitur yathā # RV.8.86.4c.
yasya harī aśvatarau # NīlarU.25c.
yasya hetoḥ pracyavate # AVś.9.8.3a.
yasyendrasya sindhavaḥ saścati vratam # RV.1.101.3c.
yasyai (VSK. yasyās) te yajñiyo garbhaḥ # VS.8.29a; VSK.9.5.2a; śB.4.5.2.10. P: yasyai te Kś.25.10.9; PG.1.16.1.
yasyai bahvīs tanuvo vītapṛṣṭhāḥ # TB.1.4.8.2b. See under yasyā āśās.
yasyai (VSK. yasyā) yonir hiraṇyayī # VS.8.29b; VSK.9.5.2b; śB.4.5.2.10. See under atho yonir.
yasyai vijātāyāṃ manaḥ # ApMB.2.14.2d; HG.2.3.7d.
yasyauṣadhīḥ (AVP. -ṣadhayaḥ) prasarpatha # RV.10.97.12a; AVP.11.7.2a; VS.12.86a. See under yasya yava.
yātudhānasya rakṣasaḥ # RV.10.87.25c; SV.1.95c.
yātudhānasya somapa # AVś.1.8.3a; AVP.4.4.9a.
yudhmasya te vṛṣabhasya svarājaḥ # RV.3.46.1a; MS.4.14.14a: 238.7; AB.5.5.2; KB.22.8; śś.18.19.6. P: yudhmasya te Aś.7.11.28; 8.12.22; śś.10.5.20; 12.3.7.
yuvādattasya dhiṣṇyā # RV.8.26.12a.
yuvānītasya sūribhiḥ # RV.8.26.12b.
yuṣmādattasya maruto vicetasaḥ # RV.5.54.13a.
yuṣmādattasya vāyati # RV.8.47.6b.
     Dictionary of Sanskrit
     Grammar
     KV Abhyankar
"asya" has 175 results.
     
urasyaproduced at the breast; confer, compareकेचिदेता उरस्या R.Pr.I.18, explained by the commentator as केचिदाचार्याः एतौ हकारविसर्जनीयौ उरःस्थाने इच्छन्ति ।
aurasyaproduced from the chest. See औरस.
kātantrarahasyaa work on the Kātantra Sūtras ascribed to Ramānātha Vidyāvācaspati of the sixteenth century A. D.
prākṛtasarvasyaa treatise on the grammar of Prakrta Languages attributed to Markandeya
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntarahasyaname of a commentary on the Siddhantakaumudi by Nilakantha.
śabdārtharahasyaa grammatical work on the interpretation of words by Ramanatha Vidyavacaspati.
śirasyaproduced at the top of the orifice, cerebral.
uvaṭaalso उव्वट or ऊअट a reputed Kaāśmirian scholar and writer who was the son of Vajrata. He wrote many learned commentaries, some of which are known as Bhasyas. Some of his important works are Ṛkprātiśākhyabhāṣya, Vājasaneyī prātiśākhyabhāṣya, Vājasaneyīsamhitābhāṣya, Vedārthadīpika et cetera, and others
guṇa(1)degree of a vowel; vocalic degree, the second out of the three degrees of a vowel viz. primary degree, guna degree and vrddhi degree exempli gratia, for example इ, ए and ऐ or उ, ओ and औ. अ is given as a guna of अ; but regarding अ also,three degrees can be stated अ, अ and आ. In the Pratisakhya and Nirukta ए is called गुण or even गुणागम but no definiti6n is given ; confer, compare गुणागमादेतनभावि चेतन R.Pr.XI.6;शेवम् इति विभीषितगुणः। शेवमित्यपि भवति Nir.X.17: (2) the properties of phonetic elements or letters such as श्वास,नाद et cetera, and others: confer, compareṚgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) Ch.XIII : (3) secondary, subordinate;confer, compare शेषः,अङ्गं, गुणः इति समानार्थाः Durgācārya's commentary on the Nirukta.on Nirukta of Yāska.I.12: (4) properties residing in a substance just as whiteness, et cetera, and others in a garment which are different from the substance ( द्रव्य ). The word गुण is explained by quotations from ancient grammarians in the Maha bhasya as सत्वे निविशतेsपैति पृथग्जातिषु दृश्यते । अाघेयश्चाक्रियाजश्च सोSसत्त्वप्रकृतिर्गुणः ॥ अपर आह । उपैत्यन्यज्जहात्यन्यद् दृष्टो द्रव्यान्तरेष्वपि। वाचकः सर्वलिङ्गानां द्रव्यादन्यो गुणः स्मृतः ; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.1.44;cf also शब्दस्पर्शरूपरसगन्धा गुणास्ततोन्यद् द्रव्यम् ,M.Bh.on V.1.119 (5) properties of letters like उदात्तत्व, अनुदात्तत्व, स्वरितत्व, ह्र्स्वत्व, दीर्घत्व, प्लुतत्व, अानुनासिक्य et cetera, and others; confer, compare भेदकत्वाद् गुणस्य । आनुनासिक्यं नाम गुणः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.1.1.. Vart, 13: (6) determinant cf भवति बहुव्रीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.27; (7) technical term in Panini's grarnmar standing for the vowels अ, ए and ओ, confer, compare अदेङ्गुणः P.I.1.2. For the various shades of the meaning of the word गुण, see Mahabhasya on V.1.119. " गुणशब्दोयं बह्वर्थः । अस्त्येव समेष्ववयवेषु वर्तते ।...... चर्चागुणांश्च ।
guṇavacanaliterally expressing quality; words expressing quality such as शुक्ल, नील, et cetera, and others; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P.V. 1.124. See page 369 Vyākarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D.E. Society edition, Poona.
goṇikāputraa grammarian whose wiew in connection with the correctness of the expressions नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नं and नेताश्वस्य स्त्रुघ्नस्य is given by the Mahabhasyakara in the words 'both expressions are justified' ( उभयथा गेणिकापुत्रः ). Nagesa has observed that गेोणिकापुत्र is nobody else but the Mahabhasyakara himself; confer, compare गोणिकापुत्रः भाष्यकार इत्याहुः । NageSa's Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Mahabhasyapradipa on P. I. 4.5I.
gonardīyaliterally inhabitant of Gonarda which was the name of a district. in the province of Oudh in the days of the Mahabhasyakara according to some scholars. Others believe that Gonarda was the name of the district named Gonda at present The expression गोनर्दीय अाह occurs four times in the Mahabhasya where it refers to a scholar of grammar in Patafijali's time; cf M.Bh. on I. 1.21 ; I. 1.29; III. I.92; VII. 2.101. As Kaiyata paraphrases the words गेानर्दीयस्त्वाह as भाष्यकारस्त्वाह, scholars say that गेीनर्दीय was the name taken by the Mahabhasyakara himself who was a resident of Gonarda. Hari Diksita, however, holds that गोनर्दीय was the term used for the author of the . Varttikas; confer, compare Brhacchabdaratna.
ṅaña short term or Pratyahara standing for the letters ङ्, ण्, न् , झ् , and भू , casually mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare एतदप्यस्तु ञकारेण ङञो ह्र्स्वादचि ङञुण्नित्यमिति । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutras 8, 9.
carcā(1)splitting up of a word into its component parts, which is generalty shown in the Padaptha by अवग्रहं (S). The word, hence means पदपाठ or recital by showing separately the constitutent words of the Samhita or the running text of the Veda. The word is used almost in the same sense in the Mahabhasya in respect of showing the words of a sutra separately; confer, compare न केवलानि चर्चापदानि व्याख्यानं वृद्धिः आत् ऐजिति । किं तर्हि । उदाहरणं प्रत्युदाहरणं वाक्याध्याहारः इत्येतत्समुदितं व्याख्यानं भवति M.Bh. on Mahesvara Sutra 1 Wart. 6l ; (2) a repeated word; confer, compare इतिकरणात् पुरतो यत् पुनः पदवचनं तत् चर्चाशब्देनोच्यते. Uvvata on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.III.20; (3) a discussion or a debate where consideration is given to each single word; confer, compare प्रर्यायशब्दानां लाघवगौरवचर्चा नाद्रियते Par. Sek. Pari. 115.
cādia class of words headed by च which are termed निपात by Panini e gच,वा,ह, एवम् नूनम्, चेत्, माङ् et cetera, and others; confer, compare चादयोSसत्वे. P. I.4.57. For the meaning of the word असत्त्व see p.370 Vyakaranamahabhasya. Vol. VII. published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
cāndraname of a treatise on grammar written by Candra, who is believed to have been the same as Candragomin. The Grammar is based upon that of Panini, but it does not treat Vedic forms and accents. See the word चन्द्र a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. For details see pp. 375376 Patanjali Mahabhasya. Vol. VII, D.E. Society's Edition.
cārāyaṇaan ancient grammarian referred to by Patanjali in the Mahabhasya as a scholar who had a line of pupils named after him; confer, compare कम्बलचारायणीयाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I. 1.73
ciccandrikāname of a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara written by Vishnu Shastri Bhat, in reply to the treatise named दूषकरदोद्भेदः See विष्णुशास्त्रिन्. For details see pp. 39, 40 of Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
cūrṇia gloss on the Sutras of Panini referred to by Itsing and Sripatidatta, Some scholars believe that Patanjali's Mahabhasya is referred to here by the word चूर्णि, as it fully discusses all the knotty points. Others believe that चूर्णि,stands for the Vrtti of चुल्लिभाट्टि. In Jain Religious Literature there are some brief comments on the Sutras which are called चूर्णि and there possibly was a similar चूर्णि on the sutras of Panini.
cekīyitathe sign य ( यङ् of Panini ) of the frequentative or intensive. The word is mostly used in the Katantra Grammar works confer, compare धातोर्यशब्दश्चेक्रीयितं क्रियासमभिहारे, Kat. III. 2. 14. The word चेक्रीयित is used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of यङन्त where Kaiyata remarks थडः पूर्वाचार्यसंज्ञा चेकीयितमिति confer, compare प्रदीप on M.Bh. on P. IV.1.78 Vartika. The word चेकीयितान्त means यङन्त in Panini’s terminology meaning a secondary root derived from the primary root in the sense of intensity. The word चर्करीतान्त is used for the frequentative bases in which य, the sign of the frequentative, is omittedition See चर्करीत।
chāyāa learned commentary on Nagesa's Mahabhasyapradipoddyota written by his pupil बाळंभट्ट (possibly the same as, or the son of, वैद्यनाथ पायगुण्डे) who lived in the eighteenth century.
jayādityaone of the famous joint authors ( जयादित्य and वामन ) of the well-known gloss ( वृत्ति ) on the Sutras of Panini, popularly called काशिकावृत्ति. As the काशिकावृत्ति is mentioned by It-sing, who has also mentioned Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya, as a grammer treatise Written some 40 years before his visit, the time of काशिकावृत्ति is fixed as the middle of the 7th century A.D. Some scholars believe that जयादित्य was the same as जयापीड a king of Kasmira and बामन was his minister. For details, see pp. 386388 of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII published by the D.E. Society, Poona. See काशिका.
jahatsvārthā( वृत्ति )a composite expression where the constituent members give up their individual sense. In compound words such as राजपुरुष in the sentence राजपुरुषमानय the word राजन् gives up its sense in as much as he, the king,is not brought; पुरुष also gives up its sense as every man is not brought. It is of course to be noted that although the sense is given up by cach word, it is not completely given up: cf जहदप्यसेो स्वार्थ नात्यन्ताय जहाति; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1. Vart. 2. For detailed explanation see Mahabhasya on P. II. I. I. Vart. 2.
jātigenus; class;universal;the notion of generality which is present in the several individual objects of the same kindeclinable The biggest or widest notion of the universal or genus is सत्ता which, according to the grammarians, exists in every object or substance, and hence, it is the denotation or denoted sense of every substantive or Pratipadika, although on many an occasion vyakti or an individual object is required for daily affairs and is actually referred to in ordinary talks. In the Mahabhasya a learned discussion is held regarding whether जाति is the denotation or व्यक्ति is the denotation. The word जाति is defined in the Mahabhasya as follows:आकृतिग्रहणा जातिर्लिङ्गानां च न सर्वभाक् । सकृदाख्यातनिर्गाह्या गोत्रं च चरणैः सह ॥ अपर आह । ग्रादुभीवविनाशाभ्यां सत्त्वस्य युगपद्गुणैः । असर्वलिङ्गां बह्वर्थो तां जातिं कवयो विदुः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV. 1.63. For details see Bhartphari's Vakyapadiya.
jātipakṣathe view that जाति, or genus only, is the denotation of every word. The view was first advocated by Vajapyayana which was later on held by many, the Mimamsakas being the chief supporters of the view. See Mahabhasya on P. I. 2.64. See Par. Sek. Pari. 40.
jusbhāvathe transformation of झि into जुस् ; the substitution of जुस् for झि. The term is often used in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.57, I.1.63, III.1.43 et cetera, and others See जुस्.
ṭhitmarked with the mute letter ठ्. There is no affix or word marked with mute ठ् (at the end) in Panini's grammar, but to avoid certain technical difficulties, the Mahabhasyakara has proposed mute ठ् instead of 'ट् in the' case of the affix इट् of the first person. singular. perf Atm. and ऊठ् prescribed as Samprasarana substitute by P. VI. 4.132 e: g. प्रष्ठौहः, प्रष्ठौहा; confer, compare M.Bh. on III.4.79 and VI.4.19.
tatpuruṣaname of an important kind of compound words similar to the compound word तत्पुरुष id est, that is ( तस्य पुरुषः ), and hence chosen as the name of such compounds by ancient grammarians before Panini. Panini has not defined the term with a view to including such compounds as would be covered by the definition. He has mentioned the term तत्पुरुष in II.1.22 as Adhikara and on its strength directed that all compounds mentioned or prescribed thereafter upto Sutra II.2.22 be called तत्पुरुष. No definite number of the sub-divisions of तत्पुरुष is given;but from the nature of compounds included in the तत्पुरुष-अधिकार, the sub-divisions विभक्तितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.1.24 to 48, समानाधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.1.49 to 72 (called by the name कर्मधारय; acc.to P.I. 2. 42), संख्यातत्पुरुष (called द्विगु by P.II.1.52), अवयत्रतत्पुरुष or एकदेशितत्पुरुषं confer, compare P.II.2.1-3, ब्यधिकरणतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II 2.5, नञ्तत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2.6, उपपदतत्पुरुष confer, compare P. II.2.19, प्रादितत्पुरुष confer, compare P.II.2 18 and णमुल्तत्पुरुष confer, compareP.II.2.20 are found mentioned in the commentary literature on standard classical works. Besides these, a peculiar tatpurusa compound mentioned by'Panini in II.1.72, is popularly called मयूरव्यंसकादिसमास. Panini has defined only two out of these varieties viz. द्विगु as संख्यापूर्वो द्विगुः P.II. 1.23, and कर्मधारय as तत्पुरुषः समानाधिकरणः कर्मधारयः P. I.2.42. The Mahabhasyakara has described तत्पुरुष as उत्तरपदार्थप्रधानस्तत्पुरुषः: confer, compare M.Bh. on II.1.6, II.1.20, II.1.49, et cetera, and others, and as a consequence it follows that the gender of the tatpurusa compound word is that of the last member of the compound; confer, compare परवल्लिङ द्वन्द्वतत्पुरुषयोः P. II.4. 26; cf also तत्पुरुषश्चापि कः परवल्लिङं प्रयोजयति । यः पूर्वपदार्थप्रधानः एकदेशिसमासः अर्धपिप्पलीति । यो ह्युत्तरपदार्थप्रधानो दैवकृतं तस्य परवल्लिङ्गम्, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.4.26. Sometimes, the compound gets a gender different from that of the last word; confer, compare P.II.4.19-31, The tatpurusa compound is optional as generally all compounds are, depending as they do upon the desire of the speaker. Some tatpurusa compounds such as the प्रादितत्पुरुष or उपपदतत्पुरुष are called नित्य and hence their constitutent words, with the case affixes applied to them, are not noticed separately; confer, compare P.II.2.18,19, In some cases अ as a compound-ending ( समासान्त ) is added: exempli gratia, for example राजघुरा, नान्दीपुरम् ; confer, compare P. V.4.74; in some cases अच् ( अ ) is added: confer, compare P.V-4 75 o 87: while in some other cases टच् ( अ ) is added, the mute letter ट् signifying the addition of ङीप् ( ई) in the feminine gender; confer, compareP.V.4. 91-1 12. For details See p.p. 270-273 Mahabhasya Vol.VII published by the D. E. Society, Poona.
tadantavidhia peculiar feature in the interpretation of the rules of Panini, laid down by the author of the Sutras himself by virtue of which an adjectival word, qualifying its principal word, does not denote itself, but something ending with it also; confer, compare येन विधिस्तदन्तस्य P.I.1.72.This feature is principally noticed in the case of general words or adhikaras which are put in a particular rule, but which Occur in a large number of subsequent rules; for instance, the word प्रातिपदिकात्, put in P.IV.1.1, is valid in every rule upto the end of chapter V and the words अतः, उतः, यञः et cetera, and others mean अदन्ताद् , उदन्तात् , यञन्तात् et cetera, and others Similarly the words धातोः (P.III.1.91) and अङ्गस्य (P.VI. 4.1 ) occurring in a number of subsequent rules have the adjectival words to them, which are mentioned in subsequent rules, denoting not only those words,but words ending with them. In a large number of cases this feature of तदन्तविधि is not desirable, as it, goes against arriving at the desired forms, and exceptions deduced from Panini's rules are laid down by the Varttikakara and later grammarians; confer, compare Par. Sek. Pari. 16,23, 31 : also Mahabhasya on P.I.1.72.
tadguṇasaṃvijñānaliterally connection with what is denoted by the constituent members; the word refers to a kind of Bahuvrihi compound where the object denoted by the compound includes also what is denoted by the constituent members of the compound; e g. the compound word सर्वादि in the rule सर्वादीनि सर्वनामानि includes the word सर्व among the words विश्व, उभय and others, which alone form the अन्यपदार्थ or the external thing and not merely the external object as mentioned in Panini's rule अनेकमन्यमपदार्थे (P.II. 2. 24): confer, compare भवति बहुर्वीहौ तद्गुणसंविज्ञानमपि । तद्यथा । चित्रवाससमानय। लोहितोष्णीषा ऋत्विजः प्रचरन्ति । तद्गुण आनीयते तद्गुणाश्च प्रचरन्ति M.Bh. on I.1.27. For details confer, compare Mahabhasya on P.1.1.27 as also Par. Sek. Pari. 77.
tantraa word frequently used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of 'intended ' or विवक्षित. The word is used always in the neuter gender like प्रमाणम्; confer, compare तन्त्रं तरनिर्देशः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.33, II. 2.34, नात्र निर्देशस्तन्त्रम् On P. I. 2.39, III.3.38, III. 4.21,IV.1.92 et cetera, and others The word is also explained in the sense of 'impor. tant'.
tṛtīyāsamāsacalled also तृतीयातत्पुरुषसमास as prescribed by P. II. I. 30-35; exempli gratia, for example तृतीयासमासे P.I. 1.30 and the Mahabhasya thereon.
taittirīyaprātiśākhyacalled also कृष्णयजुःप्रातिशाख्य and hence representing possibly all the different branches or Sakhas of the कृष्णयजुर्वेद, which is not attributed definitely to a particular author but is supposed to have been revised from time to time and taught by various acaryas who were the followers of the Taittiriya Sakha.The work is divided into two main parts, each of which is further divided into twelve sections called adhyayas, and discusses the various topics such as letters and their properties, accents, euphonic changes and the like, just as the other Pratisakhya works. It is believed that Vararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya wrote Bhasyas on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, but at present, only two important commentary works on it are available(a) the 'Tribhasyaratna', based upon the three Bhasyas mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. as the title shows, written by Somayarya and (b) the 'Vaidikabharana' written by Gopalayajvan. For details see Introduction to 'Taittiriya Pratisakhya' edition Govt Oriental Library Series, Mysore.
trikaliterally triad; a term used in the Mahabhasya in connection with the Vibhakti affixes id est, that is case endings and personal endings which are in groups of three; confer, compare त्रिकं पुनर्विभक्तिसंज्ञम् M.Bh. on P.I.1,38: confer, compare also कस्यचिदेव त्रिकस्य प्रथमसंज्ञा स्यात् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). om P.I.4.101 ; confer, compare also Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on II.2.23, V.1.52, V.1.58.
tribhāṣyaratnaname of a commentary on the Taittiriya Pratisakhya written by Somayarya. The commentary is said to have been based on the three Bhasya works attributed to the three ancient Vedic scholarsVararuci, Mahiseya and Atreya.
trimuni(1)the famous three ancient grammarians Panini (the author of the Sutras), Katyayana (the author of the Varttikas), and Patanjali (the author of the Mahabhasya;) (2) the grammar of Panini, called so, being the contribution of the reputed triad of Grammarians.
traikālyaall the three times, past, present and future; confer, compare त्रयः काला: समाहृताः त्रिकालम्, त्रिकालमेव त्रैकाल्यम् । स्वार्थे ष्यञ् Uvvatabhasya on Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. I5.
dāruṇyaexplained by the commentators on the Pratisakhya works as दृढत्व (firmness) or कठिनता (hardness,) and given as a characteristic of the acute or उदात्त tone; confer, compare अायामो दारुण्यमणुता खस्येत्युच्चैःकराणि शब्दस्य, Taittirīya Prātiśākhya.XXII.9, quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.I. 2.29, where दारुण्य is explained as स्वरस्य दारुणता रूक्षता ।
drutāone of the three Vrttis or styles of utterance mentioned in the Pratisakhya works and quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compareतित्रो वृत्तीरुपदिशन्ति वाचो विलम्बितां मध्यमां च दुतां च । अभ्यासार्थे दुतां वृत्तिं प्रयोगार्थे तु मध्यमाम् । शिष्याणामुपदेशार्थे कुर्याद् वृत्ति विलम्बिताम् । Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIII. 18, 19; confer, compare ये हि द्रुतायां वृत्तौ वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते मध्यमायां, ये मध्यमायां वर्णास्त्रिभागाधिकास्ते विलाम्बितायाम् । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.70, Vart. 4. The utterance of a letter takes ,1/3 rd time more in the मध्यमवृत्ति than in the द्रुतवृत्ति, while in the विलम्बितवृत्ति it takes 1/3 rd more than in the मध्यमवृत्ति. In short, the utterance of the same letter takes in the three vrttis, Druta, Vilambita and Madhyama the quantity of time in the proportion of 9:12:16 respectively.
dvanddhaname of a compound, formed of two or more words used in the same case, showing their collection together; confer, compare चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II.2.29. Out of the four meanings of the indeclinable च, viz. समुच्चय अन्वाचय, इतरेतरयोग and समाहार, the dvandva compound is sanctioned in the last two senses only called इतरेतरद्वन्द्व (as in प्लक्षन्यग्रोधौ et cetera, and others) and समाहारद्वन्द्व (as in वाक्त्वचम् et cetera, and others) respectively For details see Mahabhasya on II.2.29. The dvandva compound takes place only when the speaker intends mentioning the several objects together id est, that is when there is, in short, सहविवक्षा orयुगपदधिकरणवचनता; confer, compare अनुस्यूतेव मेदाभ्यां एका प्रख्योपजायते । यस्यां सहविवक्षां तामाहुर्द्वन्द्वैकशेषयोः । Sr. Pr. II. The gender of a word in the द्वन्द्वसमास is that of the last word in the case of the इतरेतरद्वन्द्व, while it is the neuter gender in the case of the समाहारद्वन्द्व.
dvikarmakaa term used in connection with roots governing two objects or two words in the accusative case, exempli gratia, for example दुह् in, गां दोग्धि पयः; the term कर्म according to the strict definition of the term कर्तुरीप्सिततमं कर्म or अाप्यं कर्म applies to one of the two, which is called the प्रधानकर्म or the direct object, the other one, which, in fact, is related to the verbal activity by relation of any other karaka or instrument is taken as karmakaraka and hence put in the accusative case. For details see Mahabhasya and Kasika on P.I.4.51. Some roots in their causal formation govern two objects out of which one object is the actual one while the other is the subject of the primitive root. exempli gratia, for example गमयति माणवकं ग्रामम्; बोधयति माणवकं धर्मम्; cf Kas on P.I.4.52. See for details Mahabhasya on P. I. 4.52.
dvirvacanasee द्वित्व and द्विरुक्ति; the word is very frequently used in the Mahabhasya instead of द्वित्व. confer, compare M Bh on I. 1. Ahnika 1, I. 1.7, 10, 57, 59. et cetera, and others et cetera, and others
dvyaca word possessed of two vowels in it; dissyllabic words; the word is frequently used in Panini's Astadhyayi and Patanjali's Mahabhasya, Kasika Vrtti and other works on Panini's grammar.
dhātua root; the basic word of a verbal form,defined by the Bhasyakara as क्रियावचनो धातुः or even as भाववचने धातु:, a word denoting a verbal activity. Panini has not defined the term as such, but he has given a long list of roots under ten groups, named dasagani, which includes about 2200 roots which can be called primary roots as contrasted with secondary roots. The secondary roots can be divided into two main groups ( l ) roots derived from roots ( धातुजधातवः ) and (2) roots derived from nouns ( नामधातवः ). The roots derived from roots can further be classified into three main subdivisions : (a) causative roots or णिजन्त, (b) desiderative roots or सन्नन्त, (c) intensive roots or यङन्त and यङ्लुगन्त: while roots derived from nouns or denominative roots can further be divided into क्यजन्त, काम्यजन्त, क्यङन्त, क्यषन्त, णिङन्त, क्विबन्त and the miscellaneous ones ( प्रकीर्ण ) as derived from nouns like कण्डू( कण्ड्वादि ) by the application of the affix यक् or from nouns like सत्य,वेद, पाश, मुण्ड,मिश्र, et cetera, and others by the application of the affix णिच्. Besides these, there are a few roots formed by the application of the affix अाय and ईय (ईयङ्). All these roots can further be classified into Parasmaipadin or Parasmaibhasa, Atmanepadin or Atmanebhasa and Ubhayapadin. Roots possessed of a mute grave ( अनुदात्त ) vowel or of the mute consonant ङ् added to the root in the Dhatupatha or ending in the affixes यड्, क्यङ् et cetera, and others as also roots in the passive voice are termed Atmanepadin: while roots ending with the affix णिच् as also roots possessed of a mute circumflex vowel or a mute consonant ञ़़् applied to them are termed Ubhayapadin. All the rest are termed Parasmaipadin. There are some other mute letters or syllables applied by Panini to the roots in his Dhatupatha for specific purposes; exempli gratia, for example ए at the end to signify prohibition of vrddhi to the penultimate अ in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अकखीत् confer, compare P. VII.2.5; इर् to signify the optional substitution of अ or अङ् for the affix च्लि of the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अभिदत्, अभैत्सीत् ; confer, compare P.III. 1.57; उ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) before क्त्वा exempli gratia, for example शमित्वा, शान्त्वा; confer, compare P.VII. 2. 56; ऊ to signify the optional application of the augment इ ( इट् ) exempli gratia, for example गोप्ता, गेीपिता, confer, compare P.VII.2.44; अा to signify the prohibition of the augment इट् in the case of the past passive voice. participle. exempli gratia, for example क्ष्विण्णः, स्विन्नः, confer, compare P. VII.2.16; इ to signify the addition of a nasal after the last vowel e. g. निन्दति from निदि, confer, compare P. VII.1.58: ऋ to signify the prohibition of ह्रस्व to the penultimate long vowel before णिच्, e. g. अशशासत्, confer, compare P.VII. 4.2;लृ to signify the substitution of अङ् for च्लि in the aorist, exempli gratia, for example अगमत् confer, compare P. III.1.55: ओ to signify the substitution of न् for त् of the past passive voice.participle. exempli gratia, for example लग्नः, अापीनः, सूनः, दून: et cetera, and others; confer, compare P. VIII. 2.45. Besides these,the mute syllables ञि, टु and डु are prefixed for specific purposes; confer, compare P. III.2.187, III.3.89 and III. 3.88. The term धातु is a sufficiently old one which is taken by Panini from ancient grammarians and which is found used in the Nirukta and the Pratisakhya works, signifying the 'elemental (radical)base' for nouns which are all derivable from roots according to the writers of the Nirukta works and the grammarian Siktaayana; confer, compare नाम च धातुजमाह निरुक्ते व्याकरणे शकटस्य च तोकम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. III.3.1. Some scholars have divided roots into six categories; confer, compare तत्र धातवः षोढा (a) परिपठिताः भूवादयः, (b) अपरिपठता अान्दोलयत्यादयः, (c) परिपठितापरिपठिताः ( सूत्रपठिताः ) स्कुस्कम्भस्तम्भेत्यादयः, (d) प्रत्ययधातवः सनाद्यन्ताः, (e) नामघातवः कण्ड्वादयः, (f) प्रत्ययनामधातवः होडगल्भक्ली. बप्रभृतयः; cf Sringara Prak. I. For details see M.Bh. on P.I.3.I as also pp 255, 256 Vol. VII Vyakarana-Mahabhasya published by the D.E. Society, Poona.
dhātvartheliterally meaning of a root, the verbal activity, named क्रिया or भावः . confer, compare धात्वर्थः क्रिया; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on III.2. 84, III.2.115. The verbal activity is described generally to be made up of a series of continuous subordinate activities carried on by the different karakas or agents and instruments of verbal activity helping the process of the main activity. When the process of the verbal activity is complete, the completed activity is looked upon as a substantive or dravya and a word denoting it, such as पाक,or याग does not get conjugational affixes, but it is regularly declined like a noun.Just as स्वार्थ, द्रब्य, लिङ्ग, संख्या, and कारक are given as प्रातिपदिकार्थ, in the same manner क्रिया, काल, पुरुष, वचन or संख्या, and कारक are given as धात्वर्थ, as they are shown by a verbal form, although strictly speaking verbal activity (क्रियorभाव) alone is the sense of a root, as stated in the Mahbhasya. For details see Vaiyak.Bh.Sara, where it is said that fruit ( फल) and effort ( ब्यापार ) are expressed by a root, confer, compare फलव्यापारयोर्धातुः. The five senses given a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. are in fact conveyed not by a root, but by a verb or अाख्यात or तिडन्त.
dhṛta or dhṛtapracayaa kind of original grave vowel turned into a circumflex one which is called प्रचय unless followed by another acute or circumflex vowel. The Taittiriya Pratisakhya has mentioned seven varieties of this 'pracaya' out of which धृतप्रचय or धृत is one. For details see Bhasya on धृतः प्रचयः कौण्डिन्यस्य, T.Pr.XVIII.3.
dhvanitasuggested, as opposed to उक्त expressed; the word is found frequently used in the Paribhasendusekhara and other works in connection with such dictums as are not actually made, but indicated in the Mahabhasya.
nañsamāsaa compound with न (नञ् ) as its first member; the term is found used in the Mahabhasya for both the नञ्तत्पुरुष as well as the नञ्बहुव्रीहि compounds; confer, compare M.Bh. on P.I.4.1 Vart. 19, also on P. II.1.1.
navāhnikīname given to the first nine Ahnikas or lessons of the Mahabhasya which are written in explanation of only the first pada of the first Adhyaya of Panini's Astadhyayi and which contain almost all the important theories, statements and problems newly introduced by Patanjali.
navyamataa term used for the differentiation in views and explanations held by the comparatively new school of Bhattoji Diksita, as contrasted with those held by Kasikakara and Kaiyata; the term is sometimes applied to the differences of opinion expressed by Nagesabhatta in contrast with Bhagttoji Diksita. For details see p.p. 23-24 Vol.VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D.E. Society, Poona.
nāgeśathe most reputed modern scholar of Panini's grammar, who was well-versed in other Sastras also, who lived in Benares in the latter half of the seventeenth and the first half of the eighteenth century. He wrote many masterly commentaries known by the words शेखर and उद्द्योत on the authoritative old works in the different Sastras, the total list of his small and big works together well nigh exceeding a hundredition He was a bright pupil of Hari Diksita, the grandson of Bhattoji Diksita. He was a renowned teacher also, and many of the famous scholars of grammar in Benares and outside at present are his spiritual descendants. He was a Maharastriya Brahmana of Tasgaon in Satara District, who received his education in Benares. For some years he stayed under the patronage of Rama, the king of Sringibera at his time. He was very clever in leading debates in the various Sastras and won the title of Sabhapati. Out of his numerous works, the Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa, the Laghusabdendusekhara on the Siddhanta Kaumudi and the Paribhasendusekhara are quite wellknown and studied by every one who wishes to get proficiency in Panini's grammar. For details see pp. 21-24 and 401-403, Vol. VII of the Patanjala Mahabhasya edition D. E. Society, Poona.
nāvyavadhānanecessary intervention; confer, compare येन नाव्यवधानं तेन व्यवहितेपि वचनप्रामाण्यात्, a statement which is looked upon as a general statement of the ' nature of Paribhasa occurring in the Mahabhasya on P. VII. 2.3.
nityānandaparvatīyaa scholar of Sanskrit Grammar who wrote glosses on the Mahabhasyapradipa, on the Laghusabdendusekhara and on the Paribhasendusekhara. He was a resident of Benares where he coached many pupils in Sanskrit Grammar. He lived in the first half of the nineteenth century.
nipātadyotakatvathe view that the nipatas and the upasargas too, as contrasted with nouns,pronouns and other indeclinables, only indicate the sense and do not denote it; this view, as grammarians say, was implied in the Mahabhasya and was prominently given in the Vakyapadiya by Bhartrhari which was followed by almost all later grammarians. See निपात.
nirdeśamention, actual statement; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in sentences like स तथा निर्देशः कर्तव्यः, निर्देशं कुरुते et cetera, and others; confer, compare also V.Pr. I. 36;confer, compare also the maxim तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य P. I.1.66 and Vājasaneyi Prātiśākhya.I. 134; confer, compare also अवश्यं कयाचिद्विभक्त्या केनचिद्वचनेन निर्देशः कर्तव्यः M.Bh. on P. I. 2. 39 Vart. 1. Sometimes the mention or exhibition made by a word shows the particular type of word; confer, compare Durghata Vrtti on P. I. 2. 6 and VII. 4. 73 as also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV. 3. 11 and V. 2. 20.
niṣedhanegation; prohibition; cf निषेधपञ्चसूत्रीयं स्वरार्था Bhasavrtti on P. II. 2.16; confer, compare निषेधाश्च बलीयांसः Par. Sek. Pari. 112. The word प्रतिषेध is used frequently in this sense in old grammar works such as the Mahabhasya, the word निषेध being comparatively a modern one.
nīlakaṇṭhamakhinnephew of Appaya Diksita who has written a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.
paraṃkāryatvaor परंकार्यत्वपक्ष the view that the subsequent संज्ञा or technical term should be preferred to the prior one, when both happen to apply simultaneously to a word. The word is frequently used in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the reading आ काडारात् परं कार्यम् which is believed to have been an alternative reading to the reading अा कडारादेका संज्ञा;confer, compare ननु च यस्यापि परंकार्यत्वं तेनापि परग्रहणं कर्तव्यम्; Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I.4.1; also भवेदेकसंज्ञाधिकारे सिद्धम् | परंकार्यत्वे तु न सिद्ध्यति: M.Bh. on II. 1.20, II.2.24.
paribhāṣāan authoritative statement or dictum, helping (1) the correct interpretation of the rules (sūtras) of grammar, or (2) the removal of conflict between two rules which occur simultaneously in the process of the formation of words, (पदसिद्धि), or (3) the formation of correct words. Various definitions of the word परिभाषा are given by commentators, the prominent ones beingपरितो व्यापृतां भाषां परिभाषां प्रचक्षते(न्यास);or, परितो भाष्यते या सा परिभाषा प्रकीर्तिता. The word is also defined as विधौ नियामकरिणी परिभाषा ( दुर्गसिंहवृत्ति ). परिभाषा can also be briefiy defined as the convention of a standard author. Purusottamadeva applies the word परिभाषा to the maxims of standard writers, confer, compare परिभाषा हिं न पाणिनीयानि वचनानि; Puru. Pari. 119; while Haribhaskara at the end of his treatise परिभाषाभास्कर, states that Vyaadi was the first writer on Paribhaasas. The rules तस्मिन्निति निर्दिष्टे पूर्वस्य, तस्मादित्युत्तरस्य and others are in fact Paribhaasa rules laid down by Panini. For the difference between परिभाषा and अधिकार, see Mahabhasya on II.1.1. Many times the writers of Sutras lay down certain conventions for the proper interpretation of their rules, to which additions are made in course of time according to necessities that arise, by commentators. In the different systems of grammar there are different collections of Paribhasas. In Panini's system, apart from commentaries thereon, there are independent collections of Paribhasas by Vyadi, Bhojadeva, Purusottamadeva, Siradeva, Nilakantha, Haribhaskara, Nagesa and a few others. There are independent collections of Paribhasas in the Katantra, Candra, Sakatayana,Jainendra and Hemacandra systems of grammar. It is a noticeable fact that many Paribhasas are common, with their wordings quite similar or sometimes identical in the different systemanuscript. Generally the collections of Paribhasas have got scholiums or commentaries by recognised grammarians, which in their turn have sometimes other glosses or commentaries upon them. The Paribhaasendusekhara of Nagesa is an authoritative work of an outstanding merit in the system of Paninis Grammar, which is commented upon by more than twenty five scholars during the last two or three centuries. The total number of Paribhasas in the diferent systems of grammar may wellnigh exceed 500. See परिभाषासंग्रह.
parokṣāliterally behind the eyes; remote; । the term is found used by ancient grammarians and also referred to in the Mahaabhaasya as referring to the perfect tense called लिट् in Paanini's grammar: confer, compare ज्ञापकात्परोक्षायां ( लिटि ) न भविष्यति । M.Bh. on P. I. 2.28: confer, compare also न व्यथते: परोक्षायाम् Kaat. III.4.21.
paryāya(l)serial order or succession as opposed to simultaniety ; the word is used in grammar in connection with a rule which, as the objector for the sake of argument, would like to hold and would apply by succession with respect to the rule in conflict, either before it or after it id est, that is alternatively; confer, compare पर्यायः प्रसज्येत often found used in the Mahabhaasya as for example on I.4.1 et cetera, and others: confer, compare also तृजादयः पर्यायेण भवन्ति M.Bh. on P. I. 4.2. Vaart. 3; ( 2 ) alternative word,. synonym; confer, compare अभिज्ञावचने लृट् । वचनग्रहणं पर्यायार्थम् । अभिजानासि स्मरसि बुध्यसे चेतयसे इति । Kaas. on P. III.2.112.
paspaśācalled also पस्पशाह्निक; name given to the first or introductory chapter ( अाह्निक ) of the Maahabhaasya of Patanjali. The word occurs first in the SiSupaalavadha of Maagha. The word is derived from पस्पश् , the frequentative base of स्पर्श to touch or to see (ancient use). Possibly it may be explained as derived from स्पश् with अप; cf . शब्दबिद्येव नो भाति राजनीतिरपस्पशा Sis.II.112. Mallinatha has understood the word पस्पश m. and explained it as introduction to a Saastra treatise; confer, compare पस्पशः शास्त्रारम्भसमर्थक उपेद्वातसंदर्भग्रन्थः । Mallinaatha on SiS. II.112.
pāṇinithe illustrious ancient grammarian of India who is wellknown by his magnum opus, the Astaka or Astaadhyaayi which has maintained its position as a unique work on Sanskrit grammar unparalleled upto the present day by any other work on grammar, not only of the Sanskrit language, but ofany other language, classical as well as spoken. His mighty intelligence grasped, studied and digested not only the niceties of accentuation and formation of Vedic words, scattered in the vast Vedic Literature of his time, but those of classical words in the classical literature and the spoken Sanskrit language of his time in all its different aspects and shades, noticeable in the various provinces and districts of the vast country. The result of his careful study of the Vedic Literature and close observation ofeminine.the classical Sanskrit, which was a spoken language in his days, was the production of the wonderful and monumental work, the Astaadhyaayi,which gives an authoritative description of the Sanskrit language, to have a complete exposition of which,several life times have to be spent,in spite of several commentaries upon it, written from time to time by several distinguished scholars. The work is a linguist's and not a language teacher's. Some Western scholars have described it as a wonderful specimen of human intelligence,or as a notable manifestation of human intelligence. Very little is known unfortunately about his native place,parentage or personal history. The account given about these in the Kathaasaritsaagara and other books is only legendary and hence, it has very little historical value. The internal evidence, supplied by his work shows that he lived in the sixth or the seventh century B. C., if not earlier, in the north western province of India of those days. Jinendrabuddhi, the author of the Kaasikavivaranapanjikaa or Nyasa, has stated that the word शलातुर् mentioned by him in his sUtra ( IV. 3.94 ) refers to his native place and the word शालातुरीय derived by him from the word शलातुर by that sUtra was, in fact his own name, based upon the name of the town which formed his native placcusative case. Paanini has shown in his work his close knowledge of, and familiarity with, the names of towns, villages, districts, rivers and mountains in and near Vaahika, the north-western Punjab of the present day, and it is very likely that he was educated at the ancient University of Taksasilaa. Apart from the authors of the Pratisaakhya works, which in a way could be styled as grammar works, there were scholars of grammar as such, who preceded him and out of whom he has mentioned ten viz., Apisali, Saakataayana, Gaargya, Saakalya, Kaasyapa, Bharadwaja, Gaalava, Caakravarmana Senaka and Sphotaayana. The grammarian Indra has not been mentioned by Paanini, although tradition says that he was the first grammarian of the Sanskrit language. It is very likely that Paanini had no grammar work of Indra before him, but at the same time it can be said that the works of some grammarians , mentioned by Panini such as Saakaatyana, Apisali, Gaargya and others had been based on the work of Indra. The mention of several ganas as also the exhaustive enumeration of all the two thousand and two hundred roots in the Dhaatupaatha can very well testify to the existence of systematic grammatical works before Paarnini of which he has made a thorough study and a careful use in the composition of his Ganapaatha and Dhaatupatha. His exhaustive grammar of a rich language like Sanskrit has not only remained superb in spite of several other grammars of the language written subsequently, but its careful study is felt as a supreme necessity by scholars of philology and linguistics of the present day for doing any real work in the vast field of linguistic research. For details see pp.151154 Vol. VII of Paatanjala Mahaabhsya, D. E. Society's Edition.
pāṇinisūtracalled also by the name अष्टक or पाणिनीय-अष्टक; name given to the SUtras of Paanini comprising eight adhyaayaas or books. The total number of SUtras as commented upon by the writers of the Kasika and the Siddhaantakaumudi is 3983. As nine sUtras out of these are described as Vaarttikas and two as Ganasutras by Patanjali, it is evident that there were 3972 SUtras in the Astaka of Paanini according to Patanjali. A verse current among Vaiyakarana schools states the number to be 3996; confer, compare त्रीणि सूत्रसहस्राणि तथा नव शतानि च । षण्णवतिश्च सूत्राणां पाणिनिः कृतवान् स्वयम् । The traditional recital by Veda Scholars who look upon the Astadhyayi as a Vedaanga, consists of 3983 Sutras which are accepted and commented upon by all later grammarians and commentators. The SUtras of Paanini, which mainly aim at the correct formation of words, discuss declension, conjugation, euphonic changes, verbal derivatives, noun derivatives and accents. For details see Vol.VII, Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition pp. 152-162.
pāṇinisūtravārtikaname given to the collection of explanatory pithy notes of the type of SUtras written. mainly by Kaatyaayana. The Varttikas are generally written in the style of the SUtras, but sometimes they are written in Verse also. The total number of Varttikas is well-nigh a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. 5000, including Varttikas in Verse.There are three kinds of Varttikas; confer, compareउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तानां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते । तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिणः । Naagesa appears to have divided Varttikas into two classes as shown by his definition 'सूत्रेऽ नुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिकत्वम् '. If this definition be followed, many of the Vaarttikas given in the Maahibhaasya as explaining and commenting upon the Sutras will not strictly be termed as Vaarttikaas, and their total number which is given as exceeding 5000, will be reduced to about 1400 or so. There are some manuscript copies which give this reduced number, and it may be said that only these Vārttikas were written by Kātyāyana while the others were added by learned grammarians after Kātyāyana. In the Mahābhāșya there are seen more than 5000 statements of the type of Vārttikas out of which Dr. Kielhorn has marked about 4200 as Vārttikas. At some places the Mahābhāșyakāra has quoted the names of the authors of some Vārttikas or their schools, in words such as क्रोष्ट्रीयाः पठन्ति, भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति, सौनागाः पठन्ति. et cetera, and others Many of the Vārttikas given in the Mahābhāșya are not seen in the Kāśikāvŗtti, while some more are seen in the Kāśikā-vŗtti, which, evidently are composed by scholars who flourished after Patańjali, as they have not been noticed by the Mahābhāșyakāra. It is very difficult to show separately the statements of the Bhāșyakāra popularly named 'ișțis' from the Vārttikas of Kātyāyana and others. For details see Vol. VII Mahābhāșya, D.E. Society's edition pp. 193-224.
puṣkaraṇaa popular term used for the treatise on grammar by an ancient grammarian Apisali. confer, compare अापिशलं पुष्करणम् Kas on P. IV. 3. 15. It was called Puskarana probably because it was very extensive and widely read before Panini. For the reading दुष्करण for पुष्करण, and other details see Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 132-133, D. E. Society's edition.
pūrvavidhi(1)an operation or karya or the anterior confer, compare P. I. 1.57: cf also Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.57 cf also एकादेशः पूर्वविधौ स्थानिवत् M.Bh. on I.2.4 Vart. 2 and II. 4.62 Vart. 4; (2) an operation or a rule cited earlier in the order of sutras; confer, compare पूविधिमुत्तरो विधिर्वाधते M. Bh on P 1. 1.44 Vart. 13.
pūrvavipratiṣedhaconflict of two rules where the preceding rule supersedes the latter rule, as the arrival at the correct form requires it. Generally the dictum is that a subsequent rule should supersede the preceding one; cf विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् P. I. 4. 2; but sometimes the previous rule has to supersede the subsequent one in spite of the dictum विप्रतिषेधे परम्. The author of the Mahabhasya has brought these cases of the पूर्वविप्रतिषेध, which are, in fact, numerous, under the rule विप्रतिषेधे परं कार्यम् by taking the word पर in the sense of इष्ट 'what is desired '?; confer, compare इष्टवाची परशब्दः । विप्रतिषेधे परं यदिष्टं तद्भवतीति l Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on I. 1.3; I.2, 5: I. 4.2: II.1.69, IV.1.85et cetera, and others confer, comparealso पूर्वविप्रतिषेधो नाम अयं र्विप्रतिषेधे परमित्यत्र परशब्दस्य इष्टवाचित्वाल्लब्धः सूत्रार्थः परिभाषारुपेण पाठ्यते Puru. Pari 108; for details see page 217 Vol. VII Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
pūrvasūtraliterally previous rule: a rule cited erlier in a treatise. The word is however, frequently used in the Mahabhasya in the sense of 'a rule laid down by an earlier grammarian': confer, compareवर्ण वाहुः पूर्वसूत्रे M. Bh, Ahnika 1, पूर्वसूत्रे गोत्रस्य वृद्धमिति संज्ञा क्रियते M. Bh on I. 2.68; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.IV.1.14 Vart. 3, VI.I. 163 Vart. 1, VII.1.18, VIII. 4.7.
prakīrṇakāṇḍaname given to the third Kanda or book of Bhartrhari's Vakyapadiya where miscellaneous topics are treatedition The third Kanda consists of 14 sections called by the name Samuddesa. For details see pp. 381-382 Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's edition.
prakrama(l)the place of articulation, the place of the production of sound, such as throat, chest, palate and the like; confer, compare प्रक्रम्यन्ते अस्मिन्वर्णा इति प्रक्रमः स्थानमुच्यते Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Pradipa on सिद्धं तु समानप्रक्रमवचनात् P.I.2.30 Vart.2; (2) recital of Veda, described as क्रमपाठ confer, compare उभयथा च प्रक्रमे दोषो भवति M.Bh.on P. VIII. 4.28 confer, compare also "अष्टसु प्रक्रमेषु दोषो भवति"quoted in the Mahabhasya on P.VI. 1.172; (3) regularity in the position of words, regular order of words.
pratyāhārāhnikaname given to the second Ahnika of the Mahabhasya which explains the Siva Sutras अइउण्, ऋऌक् , et cetera, and others, and hence naturally discusses the Pratyaharas.
pradīpapopular name of the famous commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Kaiyata in the eleventh century A. D. The cornmentary is a very scholarly and critical one and really does justice to the well-known compliment given to it, viz. that the Pradipa has kept the Mahabhasya alive which otherwise would have remained unintelligible and consequently become lost. The commentary प्रदीप is based on the commentary महाभाष्यदीपिका,or प्रदीपिका written by Bhartrhari, which is available at present only in a fragmentary form. The Pradipa is to this day looked upon as the single commentary on the Mahabhasya in spite of the presence of a few other commentaries on it which are all thrown into the back-ground by it.
pradīpakāraKaiyatabhatta, the author of the fatmous commentary प्रदीप on the Mahabhasya, which see a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page..
prabhā(1)name of a commentary on the Sabdakaustubha by Raghavendracarya Gajendragadkar; (2) name of a commentary on Kaiyata's Mahabhasyapradipa.
prayojanaobject, motive or purpose in undertaking a particular thing; the word is used although rarely, in the sense of a cause also; confer, compare इमान्यस्य प्रयोजनानि अध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. For the advantages of the study of Vyakarana, see Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1. See also Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII pp.226,227, D.E. Society's edition.
prāgdeśadistricts of the east especially districts to the east of Ayodhya and Pataliputra, such as Magadha, Vanga and others; nothing can definitely be said as to which districts were called Eastern by Panini and his followers Katyayana and Patanjali. A Varttika given in the Kasika but not traceable in the Mahabhasya defines Pragdesa as districts situated to the east of शरावती (probably the modern river Ravi or a river near that river ): confer, compare प्रागुदञ्चौ विभजते हंसः क्षीरोदके यथा । विदुषां शब्दसिद्ध्यर्थे सा नः पातु शरावती ॥ Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on एङ् प्राचां देशे P. I. 1.75. There is a reading सरस्वती in some manuscript copies and सरस्वती is a wellknown river in the Punjab near Kuruksetra, which disappears in the sandy desert to the south: a reading इरावती is also found and इरावती may stand for the river Ravi. शरावती in Burma is simply out of consideration. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. pp. 202-204 and 141-142 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācīnamatathe view or doctrine of the former or rather older grammarians. The word is used in many commentary books and the meaning of the word is to be decided according to the context. For example in the works of Ramacandra, the author of the Prakriyakaumudi and his followers, the word refers to the view given by the writers of the Kasikavrtti and the commentaries thereon in the works of Bhattoji and his pupils, it refers to the writer of the Prakriyakaumudi in addition to the writers of the Kasika, while in the works of Nagesa it refers to the writings of Bhattoji and his pupils. For details see Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. V1I pp. 23-24 D. E. Society's Edition.
prācyāvaiyākaraṇaan eastern grammarian; the term प्राच्य (eastern) being a relative term, the east is to be taken with respect to the place in the context. The word प्राचां occurs many times in Panini's Sutras and the term प्राक् may refer to countries east of the river शरावती or सरस्वती in the Punjab. See प्राग्देश a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. प्राचां is understood by some commentators as referring to time, in which case, the word may refer to ancient grammarians आपिशलि, शाकटायन, इन्द्र and others who lived before Panini; confer, compare प्राचीनवैयाकरणतन्त्रे वाचनिकानि ...Par. Sek. Pari. 1. The word प्राचीन is, of course, mostly used in the sense of ancient, rather than the word प्राच्. For specific peculiarities of the eastern grammarians see pp. 148-149 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
prāṇapaṇāa gloss on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali, written by the famous easterm grammarian Purusottamadeva of the 12th century A. D., of which only a fragment of a few pages is available. As the legend goes, the name प्राणपणा was given to the gloss as it was accompanied by an oath on the part of the author that his life was at stake if he did even the slightest injustice to the author of the Mahabhasya.
prātiśākhyaa work on Vedic grammar of a specific nature, which is concerned mainly with the changes, euphonic and others, in the Pada text of the Samhita as compared with the running text, the Samhita itselfeminine. The Pratisakhya works are neither concerned with the sense of words, nor with their division into bases and affixes, nor with their etymology. They contain, more or less,Vedic passages arranged from the point of view of Samdhi. In the Rk Pratisakhya, available to-day, topics of metre, recital, phonetics and the like are introduced, but it appears that originally the Rk Pratisakhya, just like the Atharva Pratisakhya, was concerned with euphonic changes, the other subjects being introduced later on. The word प्रातिशाख्य shows that there were such treatises for everyone of the several Sakhas or branches of each Veda many of which later on disappeared as the number of the followers of those branches dwindledition Out of the remaining ones also, many were combined with others of the same Veda. At present, only five or six Pratisakhyas are available which are the surviving representatives of the ancient ones - the Rk Pratisakhya by Saunaka, the Taittiriya Pratisakhya, the Vajasaneyi PratiSakhya by Katyayana, the Atharva Pratisakhya and the Rk Tantra by Sakatayana, which is practically a Pratisakhya of the Sama Veda. The word पार्षद or पारिषद was also used for the Pratisakhyas as they were the outcome of the discussions of learned scholars in Vedic assemblies; cf परिषदि भवं पार्षदम्. Although the Pratisakhya works in nature, are preliminary to works on grammar, it appears that the existing Pratisakhyas, which are the revised and enlarged editions of the old ones, are written after Panini's grammar, each one of the present Prtisakhyas representing, of course, several ancient Pratisakhyas, which were written before Panini. Uvvata, a learned scholar of the twelfth century has written a brief commentary on the Rk Pratisakhya and another one on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. The Taittiriya PratiSakhya has got two commentaries -one by Somayarya, called Tribhasyaratna and the other called Vaidikabharana written by Gopalayajvan. There is a commentary by Ananta bhatta on the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya. These commentaries are called Bhasyas also.
plākṣian ancient writer of a Pratisakhya work quoted in the Taittiriya Pratisakhya.See प्लाक्षायण a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The words प्लाक्षि and प्लाक्षायण as also प्लाक्षी ( feminine ) occur in the Mahabhasya also, but not in the Ganapatha of Panini.
balīyastvarelative superiority in strength possessed by rules of grammar or by operations based on rules of grammar. This Superiority is decided generally on any one or more of the four recognised criteria such as परत्व, नित्यत्व, अन्तरङ्गत्व and अपवादत्व. The phrase अन्तरङ्गबलीयस्त्वात् very frequently occurs in the varttikas and in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare M.Bh. on P. III. 1.67, VI.i.17, 85 Vart. 15, VI. 4.62 and VII.1.1.
bahuvrīhiprakṛtisvarathe accent peculiar to, or specifically mentioned in the case of the Bahuvrihi compound viz. the retention of its own accents by the first member, in spite of the general rule that a compound word has the last vowel accented acute id est, that is उदात्त. confer, compare बहुव्रीहौ प्रकृत्या पूर्वपदम्. P. VI. 2.1. The expression बहुव्रीहिस्वर in this very sense is used in the Mahabhasya confer, compare बहुव्रीहिस्वरं शास्ति समासान्तविधेः सुकृत् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VI. 2.1.
bālaṃbhaṭṭa( बाळंभट्ट )surnamed Payagunda or Payagunde, who has written a commentary on the commentary Mitaksara on the याज्ञवल्क्यस्मृति. Some scholars say that he was also a great grammarian and identical with वैद्यनाथ पायगुंडे who has written the commentary काशिका or गदा on the Paribhasendusekhara, the Cidasthimala on the Laghusabdendusekhara and commentaries on the Vaiyakaranabhusana,Sabdakaustubha and Bhasyapradipoddyota. Other scholars believe that Balambhatta was the son of Vaidyanatha and that he wrote only the commentary on Mitaksara called Balambhatti after him. (2) There was also a comparatively modern grammarian of Tanjore who has written small grammar works बालबोधिनी and बालरञ्जनी.
bhartṛharia very distinguished Grammarian who lived in the seventh century A. D. He was a senior contemporary of the authors of the Kasika, who have mentioned his famous work viz. The Vakyapadiya in the Kasika. confer, compare शब्दार्थसंबन्धोयं प्रकरणम् | वाक्यपदीयम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV.3.88. His Vyakarana work "the Vakyapadiya" has occupied a very prominent position in Grammatical Literature. The work is divided into three sections known by the name 'Kanda' and it has discussed so thoroughly the problem of the relation of word to its sense that subsequent grammarians have looked upon his view as an authority. The work is well-known for expounding also the Philosophy of Grammar. His another work " the Mahabhasya-Dipika " is a scholarly commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya. The Commentary is not published as yet, and its solitary manuscript is very carelessly written. Nothing is known about the birth-place or nationality of Bhartrhari. It is also doubtful whether he was the same person as king Bhartrhari who wrote the 'Satakatraya'.
bhavat( भवन्त् )ancient term for the present tense found in the Brhaddevata and other works, The term 'vartamana' for the present tense was also equally common. The word is found in the Mahabhasya, the Unadisutravrtti of Ujjvaladatta and in the Grammar of Jainendra confer, compare P.II.3.1 Vart 11, Unadi III. 50 Jain Vyak. I.1.471.
bhāraddhājīyascholars and grammarians belonging to or following the Bharadwaja School of Grammar whose views are often quoted in the Mahabhasya; भारद्वाजीयाः पठन्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.20 Vart. 1, I.1.56 Vart.11 : I.2.22 Vart.3; I.3.67 Vart. 4, III.1.38 Vart. 1, III 1.48 Vart. 3; III 1.89 Vart. 1, IV.1.79, VI.4. 47 and VI.4.155.
mahābhāṣyaliterally the great commentary. The word is uniformly used by commentators and classical Sanskrit writers for the reputed commentary on Pāṇini's Sūtras and the Vārttikas thereon by Patañjali in the 2nd century B. C. The commentary is very scholarly yet very simple in style, and exhaustive although omitting a number of Pāṇini's rules. It is the first and oldest existing commentary on the Pāṇini's Aṣṭādhyāyī. of Pāṇini, and, in spite of some other commentaries and glosses and other compendia, written later on to explain the Sutras of Panini, it has remained supremely authoritative and furnishes the last and final word in all places of doubt: confer, compare the remarks इति भाष्ये स्थितम्, इत्युक्तं भाष्ये, इत्युक्तमाकरे et cetera, and others scattered here and there in several Vyaakarana treatises forming in fact, the patent words used by commentators when they finish any chain of arguments. Besides commenting on the Sutras of Paanini, Patanjali, the author, has raised many other grammatical issues and after discussing them fully and thoroughly, given his conclusions which have become the final dicta in those matters. The work, in short, has become an encyclopedic one and hence aptly called खनि or अकर. The work is spread over such a wide field of grammatical studies that not a single grammatical issue appears to have been left out. The author appears to have made a close study of the method and explanations of the SUtras of Paanini given at various academies all over the country and incorporated the gist of those studies given in the form of Varttikas at the various places, in his great work He has thoroughly scrutinized and commented upon the Vaarttikas many of which he has approved, some of which he has rejected, and a few of which he has supplementedition Besides the Vaarttikas which are referred to a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page., he has quoted stanzas which verily sum up the arguments in explanation of the difficult sUtras, composed by his predecessors. There is a good reason to believe that there were small glosses or commentaries on the SUtras of Paanini, written by learned teachers at the various academies, and the Vaarttikas formed in a way, a short pithy summary of those glosses or Vrttis. . The explanation of the word वृत्तौ साधु वार्तिकम् given by Kaiyata may be quoted in support of this point. Kaiyata has at one place even stated that the argument of the Bhaasyakaara is in consonance with that of Kuni, his predecessor. The work is divided into eighty five sections which are given the name of lesson or आह्लिक by the author, probably because they form the subject matter of one day's study each, if the student has already made a thorough study of the subject and is very sharp in intelligence. confer, compare अह्ला निर्वृत्तम् आह्लिकम्, (the explanation given by the commentatiors).Many commentary works were written on this magnum opus of Patanjali during the long period of twenty centuries upto this time under the names टीका, टिप्पणी, दीपिका, प्रकाशिका, व्याख्या, रत्नावली, स्पूर्ति, वृत्ति, प्रदीप, व्याख्यानं and the like, but only one of them the 'Pradipa' of कैयटीपाध्याय, is found complete. The learned commentary by Bhartrhari, written a few centuries before the Pradipa, is available only in a fragment and that too, in a manuscript form copied down from the original one from time to time by the scribes very carelessly. Two other commentaries which are comparatively modern, written by Naarayanasesa and Nilakantha are available but they are also incomplete and in a manuscript form. Possibly Kaiyatabhatta's Pradipa threw into the background the commentaries of his predecessors and no grammarian after Kaiyata dared write a commentary superior to Kaiyata's Pradipa or, if he began, he had to abandon his work in the middle. The commentary of Kaiyata is such a scholarly one and so written to the point that later commentators have almost identified the original Bhasya with the commentary Pradipa and many a time expressed the two words Bhasya and Kaiyata in the same breath as भाष्यकैयटयोः ( एतदुक्तम् or स्पष्टमेतत् ).
mahābhāṣyadīpikāa very learned old commentary on the Mahabhasya of Patanjali written by the reputed grammarian Bhartrhari or Hari in the seventh century A. D. The commentary has got only one manuscript preserved in Germany available at present, of which photostat copies or ordinary copies are found here and there. The first page of the manuscript is missing and it is incomplete also, the commentary not going beyond the first seven Aahnikas. For details see page 383 Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahabhasya D. E. Society's edition.
mahābhāṣyapradīpaa very scholarly commentary on Patanjali's MahabhaSya written by Kaiyatabhatta in the eleventh century, The commentary has so nicely explained every difficult and obscure point in the Mahabhasya, and has so thoroughly explained each sentence that the remark of later grammarians that the torch of the Mahabhasya has been kept burning by the Pradipa appears quite apt and justifiedition Kaiyata's commentary has thrown much additional light on the original arguments and statements in the Mahabhasya. There is a learned commentary on the Pradipa written by Nagesabhatta which is named vivarana by the author but which is well known by the name 'Uddyota' among students and teachers of Vyakarana. For details see pp. 389, 390 Vol VII, Patanjala Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
mahābhāṣyalaghuvṛttiname given to the short gloss on the Mahabhasya written by the famous eastern grammar-scholar Maitreya-Raksita of the twelfth century.
mahābhāṣyavyākhyāname given to each of the explanatory glosses on the Mahabhasya written by grammarians prominent of whom were Purusottamadeva, Narayana Sesa, Visnu, Nilakantha and others whose fragmentary works exist in a manuscript form. महामिश्र name of a grammarian who wrote a commentary on Jinendrabuddhi's Nyasa. The commentary is known by the name Vyakaranaprakasa. महाविभाषा a rule laying down an option for several rules in a topic by being present in every rule: confer, compare महाविभाषया वाक्यमपि. विभाषा (P.II.1.11) and समर्थानां प्रथमाद्वा (P. IV.1.82) are some of the rules of this kindeclinable
mādhurīrvṛtia gloss not composed by, but simply explained by an inhabitant of Mathuraa or Madhuraa Such a gloss is referred to in the Mahaabhaasya on P.IV.3.101 Vaart.3, which possibly might be referring to an existing gloss on the SUtras of Paanini, which was being explained at Mathura, at the time of Patanjali. The term मधुरा was used for मथुरा in ancient times and the word माथुरी वृत्ति is also used for माधुरी वृति.
māhendraname of very ancient,prePaninian grammar ascribed to इन्द् of which some references only are available. The grammar work is also referred to as ऐन्द्र: confer, compare यान्युञ्जह्यार् महेन्द्राद् व्यासो व्याकरणार्णवात् | पदरत्नानि किं तानि सन्ति पाणिनिगेाष्पदे Devabodha's commentary on the Mahabharata. For details see p. 124-27 Vol. VII Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
māheśasutrthe fourteen sutras अइउण्, ऋलृक् et cetera, and others which are believed to have been composed by Siva and taught to Paanini, by means of the sounds of the drum beaten at the end of the dance; confer, compare नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजेा ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद्विमशौ शिवसूत्रजालम् Nandikeswara-kaarikaa 1. For details see Vol. VII Vyaakarana Mahaabhaasya, D. E. Society's edition.
yatna(1)effort in the utterance of a letter: the word which is generally used for such an effort is प्रयत्न. This effort is described to be oftwo kinds अाभ्यन्तर internal id est, that is below the root of the tongue and बाह्य a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page. the root of the tongue id est, that is inside the mouth; confer, compare यत्नं द्विधा | अाभ्यन्तरो बाह्यश्च | S. K. on P. I. 1.9; (2) specific effort, by adding a word to a rule for drawing some inference, with a view to removing some technical difficulty: cf तेन पये धावतीत्यादौ यत्नान्तरमास्थेयम् Kaas. on P. VIII. 2. 25. The phrase कर्तव्योत्र यत्न: often occurs in the Mahaabhaasya.
yathānyāsaṃas it is actually put in the rule or a treatise by the author. The phrase is often used in the Mahaabhaasya when after a long discussion, involving further and further difficulties, the author reverts to the original stand and defends the writing of the sUtra as it stands. सिध्यत्येवमपाणिनीयं तु भवति or सूत्रं भिद्यते । तर्हि यथान्यासमेवास्तु is the usual expression found in the Mahaabhaasya; cf, M.Bh. I.1. Aahnika 1, I.1.1, 9, 20, 62, 65 et cetera, and others
yathālakṣaṇaṃas formed according to rules. The phrase यथालक्षणमप्रयुक्ते is very often found in the Mahaabhaasya as a general guiding remark that noun-forms or wordforms which are not found in use in the language of the people or in literature should be understood as they are derived by observing all the rules that are applicable.
yukta(1)proper, appropriate, justified; the word is very frequently used in the Mahabhasya and other grammar works; (2) the sense of the original base which is connected with the sense of the affix; confer, compare अथवा युक्तः प्रकृत्यर्थः प्रत्ययार्थेन संबद्धः, Ks. on P. I. 2.51 ; (3) connected with; confer, compare उकारश्चेतिकरणेन युक्त: Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) I. 29; तथायुक्तं चानीप्सितम् P. I. 4.50.
yugapadadhikaraṇavacanatādenotation of two or more things by one single member by virtue of their being put together in a dvandva compound of two or more words; the grammarians advocate this doctrine stating that in a dvandva compound such as घटपटौ or घटपटम् , the word घट has the capacity of expressing the sense of both घट and पट, which in a sentence घटः पटश्च, it does not possess. Similarly पट also has the capacity of conveying the sense of both पट and घट. Possibly this theory is advocated by grarnmarians, on the analogy of words like पितरौ or मातरौ for मातापितरौ, द्यावा for द्यावापृथिवी and so on; confer, compare सिद्धं तु युगपदधिकरणवचने द्वन्द्ववचनात् P. II 2.29 Vart. 2. For details see Vyakaranamahabhasya on चार्थे द्वन्द्वः P. II. 2.29.
yenanāprāptanyāyaa term used by grammarians and commentators very frequently for the maxim "येन नाप्राप्ते यो वेधिरारभ्येत स तस्य बाधको भवति " Par. Sek. on Pari. 57. The term अपवादन्याय is used in the Mahabhasya which is the same as येननाप्राप्तन्याय of later grammarians.
yoga(1)a rule of grammar; the word योग in this sense is very fre-quently found used in the Mahabhasya; cf the frequent statements अयं येगः शक्योsकर्तुम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P.I.1. 6, 62, et cetera, and others or कान्यस्य योगस्य प्रयोजनानि Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.31 Vart. 6, I.1. 57 et cetera, and others; (2) grammatical connection; cf शास्त्रकृतो योगश्च Nirukta of Yāska.I.2: cf also षष्ठी स्थानेयेागा P.I.1.49.
yogavibhāgadivision of a rule which has been traditionally given as one single rule, into two for explaining the formation of certain words, which otherwise are likely to be stamped as ungrammatical formations. The writer of the Varttikas and the author of the Mahabhasya have very frequently taken recourse to this method of योगविभाग; confer, compare P.I.1.3 Vart. 8, I.1.17 Vart.1,I.1.61, Vart. 3; I. 4.59 Vart. 1, II. 4. 2. Vart.2, III.1.67 Vart. 5, III.4.2. Vart. 6, VI.I. I Vart. 5, VI.1.33 Vart.1 et cetera, and others Although this Yogavibhaga is not a happy method of removing difficulties and has to be followed as a last recourse, the Varttikakara has suggested it very often, and sometimes a sutra which is divided by the Varttikakara into two,has been recognised as a couple of sutras in the Sutrapatha which has come down to us at present.
rāghavendracārya( गजेन्द्रगडकर)a famous scholar of Grammar in the nineteenth century, who taught many pupils and wrote some commentary works, the well-known being प्रभा on the Sabdakaustubha, विषमपदव्याख्या on the Laghusabdendusekhara and त्रिपथगा on the Paribhisendusekhara. For details see p. 27 Vyakarana Mahbhasya Vol. VII D. E. Society's Edition.
rāmakṛṣṇānandawriter of a commentary on the Mahabhasya which is available in a fragmentary form.
rāmacandrasarasvatīpupil of वासुदेवेन्द्रसरस्वती of the sixteenth century who has written a gloss named विवरण on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata.
vaktavyathat which ought to be stated or prescribed; the word is frequently found used by the Varttikakāra when he suggests any addition to, or modification in Panini's rules. Sometimes,the word is added by the author of the Mahabhasya in the explanation of a Varttika after stating what is lacking in the Varttika.
vacana(1)literally statement; an authoritative statement made by the authors of the Sutras and the Varttikas as also of the Mahabhasya; confer, compare अस्ति ह्यन्यदेतस्य वचने प्रयोजनम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Siva Sutra 1 Vart. 1 The word is also used predicatively in the sense of वक्तव्यम् by the Varttikakara; confer, compare ऌति ऌ वावचनम् , ऋति ऋ वावचनम् ; (2) number, such as एकवचन, द्विवचन, बहुवचन et cetera, and others; confer, compare वचनमेकत्वद्वित्वबहुत्वानि Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P.I.2.51 ; cf लुपि युक्तिवद् व्यक्तिवचने | लुकि अभिधेयवल्लिङ्गवचनानि भवन्ति। लवणः सूपः। लवणा यवागू:। M.Bh.on P.I. 2.57; (3) expressive word; confer, compare गुणवचनब्राह्मणादिभ्यः कर्मणि च P. V.1.124 where the Kasika explains the word गुणवचन as गुणमुक्तवन्तो गुणवचनाः; confer, compare also the terms गुणवचन, जातिवचन, क्रियावचन et cetera, and others as classes of words; confer, compare also अभिज्ञावचने लृट् P.III.2.112; (4) that which is uttered; confer, compare मुखनासिकावचनोनुनासिक:। मुखसहिता नासिका मुखनासिका । तया य उच्चार्यते असौ वर्ण: Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. I.1.8.
vararuci(1)a reputed ancient grammarian who is identified with Katyayana, the prominent author of the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. Both the names वररुचि and कात्यायन are mentioned in commentary works in connection with the Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and it is very likely that Vararuci was the individual name of the scholar, and Katyayana his family name. The words कात्य and कात्यायन are found used in Slokavarttikas in the Mahabhasya on P.III.2.3 and III.2.118 where references made are actually found in the prose Varttikas (see कविधेो सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P.III. 2. 3 Vart and स्मपुरा भूतमात्रे न स्मपुराद्यतने P.III.2.118 Vart. 1)indicating that the Slokavarttikakara believed that the Varttikas were composed by Katyayana. There is no reference at all in the Mahabhasya to Vararuci as a writer of the Varttikas; there is only one reference which shows that there was a scholar by name Vararuci known to Patanjali, but he was a poet; confer, compare वाररुचं काव्यं in the sense of 'composed' ( कृत and not प्रोक्त ) by वररुचि M.Bh. on P. IV. 2.4. ( 2 ) वररुचि is also mentioned as the author of the Prakrta Grammar known by the name प्राकृतप्रकाश or प्राकृतमञ्जरी, This वररुचि, who also was कात्यायन by Gotra name, was a grammarian later than Patanjali, who has been associated with Sarvvarman, (the author of the first three Adhyayas of the Katantra Sutras), as the author of the fourth Adhyaya. Patanjali does not associate वररुचि with Kityayana at alI. His mention of वररुचि as a writer of a Kavya is a sufficient testimony for that. Hence, it appears probable that Katyayana, to whom the authorship of the Vajasaneyi Pratisakhya and many other works allied with Veda has been attributed, was not associated with Vararuci by Patanjali, and it is only the later writers who identified the grammarian Vararuci,who composed the fourth Adhyaya of the Katantra Grammar and wrote a Prakrit Grammar and some other grammar' works, with the ancient revered Katyayana, the author of Varttikas, the Vijasaneyi Pratisakhya and the Puspasutra; (3) There was a comparatively modern grammariannamed वररुचि who wrote a small treatise on genders of words consisting of about 125 stanzas with a commentary named Lingavrtti, possibly written by the author himselfeminine. (4) There was also another modern grammarian by name वररुचि who wrote a work on syntax named प्रयोगमुखमण्डन discuss^ ing the four topics कारक, समास, तद्धित and कृदन्त.
varṇaprakāśaa minor work upon letters and their nature by a grammarian named Ghanasyama.
vākyakāraa term used for a writer who composes a work in pithy, brief assertions in the manner of sutras, such as the Varttikas. The term is found used in Bhartrhari's Mahabhasyadipika where by contrast with the term Bhasyakara it possibly refers to the varttikakara Katyayana; confer, compare एषा भाष्यकारस्य कल्पना न वाक्यकारस्य Bhartrhari Mahabhasyadipika. confer, compare also Nagesa's statement वाक्यकारो वार्तिकरमारभते: confer, compare also चुलुम्पादयो वाक्यकारीया ; Madhaviya Dhatuvrtti.
vākyaparisamāpticompletion of the idea to be expressed in a sentence or in a group of sentences by the wording actually given, leaving nothing to be understood as contrasted with वाक्यापरिसमाप्ति used in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare वाक्यापरिसमाप्तेर्वा P.I.1.10 vart. 4 and the Mahabhasya thereon. There are two ways in which such a completion takes place,singly and collectively; cf प्रत्येकं वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः: illustrated by the usual example देवदत्तयज्ञदत्तविष्णुमित्रा भोज्यन्ताम् where Patanjali remarks प्रत्येकं ( प्रत्यवयवं) भुजिः परिसमाप्यते; cf also समुदाये वाक्यपरिसमाप्तिः where Patajali remarks गर्गा: शतं दण्ड्यन्ताम् | अर्थिनश्च राजानो हिरण्येन भवन्ति न च प्रत्येकं दण्डयन्ति | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P.I.1.1Vart.12: cf also M.Bh. on P.I.1.7, I.2.39, II.2.l et cetera, and others वाक्यप्रकाश a work on the interpretation of sentences written with a commentary upon it by उदयधर्ममुनि of North Gujarat who lived in the seventeenth century A.D.
vācanikaexpressly cited by a वचन or a statement of the authors of the Sutra, the Varttika and the Mahabhasya, as contrasted with what naturally occurs or is inferred from their statements; confer, compare नेदं वाचनिकसलिङ्गता असंख्यता च ( अव्ययानाम् ) ( स्वाभाविकमेतत् M.Bh. on P.I. 1.38 Vart. 5 and P. II.2.6, confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.I.2.64 Vart. 53.
vācya(1)directly expressed (sense) as contrasted with व्यङ्ग्य or ध्वनित: confer, compare शब्देनार्थान् वाच्यान् दृष्ट्वा बुद्धौ कुर्यात्पौर्वापर्यम् | M.Bh. on P. I.4.109 Vart. 10; (2) which should be stated or which deserves to be stated, The word वाच्य is generally put in connection with the additions or corrections to the sutras by the Varttikakara and the Mahbhasyakara in their explanations: confer, compare तत्रैतावद्वाच्यम्, M.Bh. on P. I.4.1 ; confer, compare also वाच्य ऊर्णोर्णुवद्भावःM.Bh. on P. III.1. 22 Vart. 3; III. I. 36 Vart. 6.
vājasaneyeiprātiśākhyathe Pratisakhya work belonging to the Vajasaneyi branch of the White Yajurveda, which is the only Pratisakhya existing to-day representing all the branches of the Sukla Yajurveda. Its authorship is attributed to Katyayana, and on account of its striking resemblance with Panini's sutras at various places, its author Katyayana is likely to be the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. It is quite reasonable to expect that the subject matter in this Pratisakhya is based on that in the ancient Prtisakhya works of the same White school of the Yajurveda.The work has a lucid commentary called Bhasya written by Uvvata.
vāḍavapossibly the same as Kunaravadava; an ancient grammarian quoted in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare तत्र सौर्थभगवतोक्तमनिष्टिज्ञो वाडव: पठति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. VIII. 2. 106 Vव्रrt 3.
vārarucaa work attributed to वररुचि: confer, compare वाररुचे काव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. IV.3.101 cf also वाररुनो ग्रन्थ: S.K.on P.IV.3. 101 This work possibly was not a grammar work and its author also was not the same as the Varttikakara Katyayana. See वरुरुचि a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. The name वाररुचव्याकरण was given possibly to Katyayana's Prakrit Grammar, the author of which was वररुचि surnamed Katyayana. For details see p.395 Vyakarana Mahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Edition.
vārttikaa statement which is as much authoritative as the original statement to which it is given as an addition for purposes of correction, completion or explanation. The word is defined by old writers in an often-guoted verseउक्तानुक्तदुरुक्तनां चिन्ता यत्र प्रवर्तते | तं ग्रन्थं वार्तिकं प्राहुर्वार्तिकज्ञा मनीषिण:|This definition fully applies to the varttikas on the Sutras of Panini. The word is explained by Kaiyata as वृत्तौ साधु वार्त्तिकम् which gives strength to the supposition that there were glosses on the Sutras of Panini of which the Varttikas formed a faithful pithy summary of the topics discussedition The word varttika is used in the Mahabhasya at two places only हन्तेः पूर्वविप्रविषेधो वार्तिकेनैव ज्ञापित: M.Bh. on P.III. 4.37 and अपर आह् यद्वार्त्तिक इति M.Bh. on P. II.2.24 Vart. 18. In अपर अहृ यद्वार्त्तिक इति the word is contrasted with the word वृत्तिसूत्र which means the original Sutra (of Panini ) which has been actuaIly quoted, viz. संख्ययाव्ययासन्नाo II.2. 25. Nagesa gives ' सूत्रे अनुक्तदुरुक्तचिन्ताकरत्वं वार्तिक्रत्वम् as the definition of a Varttika which refers only to two out of the three features of the Varttikas stated a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.. If the word उक्त has been omitted with a purpose by Nagesa, the definition may well-nigh lead to support the view that the genuine Varttikapatha of Katyayana consisted of a smaller number of Varttikas which along with a large number of Varttikas of other writers are quoted in the Mahabhasya, without specific names of writers, For details see pages 193-223 Vol. VII Patanjala Mahabhasya, D.E, Society's Edition.
vārttikakārabelieved to be Katyayana to whom the whole bulk of the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya is attributed by later grammarians. Patafijali gives the word वार्तिककार in four places only (in the Mahabhasya on P.I.1.34, III.1.44: III.2.118 and VII.1.1) out of which his statement स्यादिविधिः पुरान्तः यद्यविशेषणं भवति किं वार्तिककारः प्रातिषेधेनं करोति in explanation of the Slokavarttika स्यादिविधिः...इति हुवता कात्यायनेनेहृ, shows that Patanjali gives कात्यायन as the Varttikakara (of Varttikas in small prose statements) and the Slokavarttika is not composed by Katyayana. As assertions similar to those made by other writers are quoted with the names of their authors ( भारद्वाजीयाः, सौनागाः, कोष्ट्रियाः et cetera, and others) in the Mahabhasya, it is evident that the Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya(even excluding the Slokavarttikas) did not all belong to Katyayana. For details see pp. 193-200, Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahabhasya, D. E. Society's Edition.
vārtikapāṭhathe text of the Varttikas as traditionally handed over in the oral recital or in manuscripts As observed a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.(see वार्त्तिक),although a large number of Varttikas quoted in the Mahabhasya are ascribed to Katyayana, the genuine Varttikapatha giving such Varttikas only, as were definitely composed by him, has not been preserved and Nagesa has actually gone to the length of making a statement like " वार्तिकपाठ: भ्रष्टः" ; confer, compare . Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on P.I.l.I2 Varttika 6.
vārttikasiddhāntacategorical conclusive statements made by the Varttikakara many of which were cited later on as Paribhasas by later writers For details see pp. 212220 Vol. VII, Vyakarana Mahbhasya, D. E. Society's edition.
vārṣyāyaṇian ancient grammarian quoted in the Mahabhasya and the Nirukta in connection with the six-fold division of bhava or verbal activity; confer, compare षड् भावविकारा भवन्तीति वाप्यार्यणि: l जायते अस्ति विपरिणमते वर्धते अपक्षीयते विनश्यतीति Nirukta of Yāska.I. 3.
vāsudeva( शास्त्री)surnamed Abhyankar, who lived from 1863 to l942 and did vigorous and active work of teaching pupils and writing essays, articles, commentary works and original works on various Shastras with the same scholarship, zeal and acumen for fifty years in Poona. He wrote गूढार्थप्रकाश a commentary on the LaghuSabdendusekhara and तत्त्वादर्श a commentary on the Paribhasendusekhara in 1889. His edition of the Patanjala Mahabhasya with full translation and notes in Marathi can be called his magnum opus. See अभ्यंकर.
vikāraliterally change: modification; modification of a word-base or an affix, caused generally by the addition of suffixes: confer, compare प्रकृतेरवस्थान्तरं विकार: Kas, on P. IV.3.134: confer, compare also लेपागमवर्णविकारज्ञो हि सम्यग्वेदान् परिपालयिष्यति Mahabhasya Ahnika 1.
vikīrṇaa fault in the utterance of a vowel when one vowel appears, or is heard as another, confer, compareविकीर्णो वर्णान्तरे प्रसृतः । एकोप्यनेकनिभसीत्यपरे Pradipa on the Mahabhasya Ahn. 1 end.
vijñeyaa matter of special understanding; the phrase अवश्यं चैतद्विज्ञेयम् very frequently occurs in the Mahabhasya; cf M.Bh. on P.I.1.1, 3, 5, 22, I.2.47, 48, 64, I.4.23 et cetera, and others
vedalanguage of the Vedic Literature as contrasted with the term लॊकः; confer, compare नैव लोके न च वेदे अकारो विवृतोस्ति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on Mahesvara Sutra; confer, compare also रक्षार्थं वेदानामध्येयं व्याकरणम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).Ahnika 1. The term वैदिक referring to words found in Vedic language is also frequently used in the Mahabhasya. Panini, however, has used the term छन्दस्, मन्त्र and निगम, and not वेद, out of which the first term छन्दस् is often used; confer, compare बहुलं छन्दसि P. II. 4.39, 76: III, 2.88; V. 2.122; or छन्दसि च P. V. 1.67, V. 4.142, VI. 3.126. VI. l.34, VII. 1.8, et cetera, and others
vaiyākaraṇaliterally a student of grammar; व्याकरणमधीते वैयाकरण: cf Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P. IV, 2.59. The word is used in the sense of 'a scholar of Grammar;'or, 'a person who has obtained proficiency in Grammar.' The word is used several times in this sense in the Mahabhasya. cf Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.3; I.4.2, II. 1.53, II.2.29, II.3.18, II.4.56, III.2.115 et cetera, and others The word is also used in the sense of 'pertaining to grammar' or 'found in grammar.'
vaiyākaraṇasiddhāntakārikāa very scholarly work by Bhattoji Diksita on the interpretation of words and sentences, based upon the learned discussions on that subject introduced in the Mahabhasya, Vakyapadiya, Pradipa, et cetera, and others and discussed fully in his Sabdakaustubha by the author himselfeminine. The work although scholarly and valuable, is compressed in only 72 verses ( karikas ) and has to be understood with the help of the Vaiyakaranabhusana or BhuSansara written by Kondabhatta, the nephew of the author. See वैयाकरणभूषण and वैयाकरणभूषणसार.
vaiyāghrapadyaname of a treatise of grammar written in ten chapters by an ancient grammarian व्याघ्रपाद्; confer, compare दशकं वैयाघ्रपद्यम् Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana.on P. IV 2.65. For details, see Vyakaranamahabhasya Vol. VII. D. E. Society's Ed. pp. 133, 134.
vyañjanaa consonant; that which manifests itself in the presence of a vowel, being incapable of standing alone; confer, compareन पुनरन्तरेणाचं व्यञ्जनस्यॊच्चारणमपि भवति। अन्वर्थे खल्वपि निर्वचनम् । स्वयं राजन्ते स्वराः। अन्वक् भवति व्यञ्जनम् l M.Bh.on I.2.30; confer, compare also अथवा गतिरपि व्यञ्जेरर्थ: । विविधं गच्छत्यजुपरागवशादिति व्यञ्जनम् | उपरागश्च पूर्वपराच्संनिधानेपि परेणाचा भवति न पूर्वेण | Kaiyata on P. I. 2. 30; confer, compare व्यञ्जनं स्वराङ्गम् T.Pr.I.6; confer, compare also व्यञ्जनसमुदायस्तु स्वरसंनिहित एव अक्षरं भवति। Uvvata Bhasya on V. Pr.. III.45.
vyapadeśivadbhāvatreatment of a secon dary thing as the principal one, e g. a person or a thing, without any second or any others, looked upon as the first or the last; confer, compare व्यपदेशिवदेकस्मिन् कार्ये भवतीति वक्तव्यम् Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.21. Vart. 2. The remark or expression व्यपदेशिवद्भावेन भविष्यति is found often given in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1 Vart 14; I.1.9, I.1.51 I,1.72: I.2.48 et cetera, and others For details see Par. Sek. Pari. 30,
vyapekṣāmutual relationship in sense, as obtaining between two different words ( पद ) connected with each other in a sentence, as contrasted with compositeness of sense as seen in two words joined into a compound word ( समास ) ; व्यपेक्षा is given as an alternative definition of the word सामर्थ्य along with एकार्थीभाव as the other one, in the Mahabhasya: e. g. there is व्यपेक्षा between सर्पिः and पिब in the sentence सर्पिष्पिब, but not in तिष्ठतु सर्पिः पिब त्वमुद्कम्: confer, compare तथेदमपरं द्वैतं भवति एकार्थाभावो वा सामर्थ्यं स्याद् व्यपेक्षा वेति ! Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II,1.1 ; cf, also Kāśikā of Jayāditya and Vāmana. on P, VIII.3 44.
vyartha(l)useless, serving no purpose, superfluous; the word is usually used in the sense of useless or futile in connection with a rule or its part, which serves no purpose, its purpose or object being served otherwise; such words or rules have never been condemned as futile by commentators, but an attempt is made invariably by them to deduce something from the futile wording and show its necessity; confer, compare व्यर्थे सज्ज्ञापयति a remark which is often found in the commentary literature; confer, compare अन्यथा अन्तरङ्गत्वाद्दीर्घे कृत एव प्रत्ययप्राप्त्या तद्यर्थता स्पष्टैव । Par. Sek. Pari. 56; (2) possessed of various senses such as the words अक्षा: माषा: et cetera, and others: confer, compare व्यर्थेषु च मुक्तसंशयम् । M.Bh.on P.I.2.64 Vart. 52. The word व्यर्थ possibly stands for विविधार्थ in such cases. It appears that the word व्यर्थ in the sense of futile was rarely used by ancient grammarians; the word अनर्थक appears to have been used in its placcusative case. See Mahabhasya in which the word व्यर्थ does not occur in this sense while the word अनर्थक occurs at several places.
vyākaraṇaGrammar the development of the meaning of the term can be seen by the senses given below in a serial order and the examples after those senses; (a) analysis or explanation by analysis; (b) rules of explanation; (c) specific rules explaining the formation of words; d) explanation of the formation of rules; (e) a treatise in which such an explanation is given; (f) a collection of such treatises and (g) a systematic explanation of the formation of words in a language (व्याकरणशास्त्र or शब्दानुशासन); confer, compare(a) व्यक्रियते अनेन इति व्याकरणम् ; M.Bh.on Ahnika 1, Vart. 12: confer, compare (b) लक्ष्यलक्षणे व्याकरणम्: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika 1, Vart. 14; confer, compare (c) न यथा लोके तथा व्याकरणे Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.1. Vart. 7; d) सर्वत्रैव हि व्याकरणे पूर्वोच्चारित: संज्ञी परोच्चारिता संज्ञा Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ).on P. I. 1.1. Vart 7: (e) न तथा लोके यथा व्याकरणे M.Bh. on P, I. 1.23 Vart. 4: confer, compare(f)इह च व्याकरणे शब्दे कार्यस्य संभव:, अर्थं असंभवः | Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.68. confer, compare (g) व्याकरणं नाम इयमुत्तरा विद्या । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 2.32. The word व्याकरण is mostly used in the sense of ’the Science of Grammar ' in the Mahabhasya. It is explained by modern scholars as 'the law of the corrections of speech and etymological science' and described both as a science and an art.
vyākaraṇadarśanathe science of Vyakarana with the element of Sphota introduced in it and brought consequently on a par with the other Darsanas by the stalwart grammar-scholar Bhartrhari of the 7th century A. D. For details see Sarvadarsanasangraha ' Paninidarsanam ' and page 385 Vol. VII. of the Vyakarana Mahabhasya edited by the D. ESociety, Poona.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyagūḍhārthadīpinīa brief commentary on the Mahabhasya, written by Sadasiva, son of Nilakantha and pupil of Kamalakara Diksita. The gloss confines itself to the explanations of obscure and difficult passages in the Mahabhasya and criticizes Kaiyata's explanations.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpathe original name of the learned commentary on Patanjali's Mahabhasya by Kaiyatabhatta the well-known grammarian of Kashmir of the eleventh century. See प्रदीप and कैयट.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpavivaraṇa( )a gloss on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata, written by ईश्वरानन्द, a pupil of सत्यानन्द; (2) a gloss on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata by नारायण.
vyākaraṇamahābhāṣyapradīpoddyotathe wellknown scholarly commentary by the stalwart grammarian Nagesabhatta on the Mahabhasyapradipa of Kaiyata. See उद्द्योत and नागेश.
vyākaraṇādhyayanaprayojanathe purpose of the study of Grammar which is beautifully summed up and discussed in the first Ahnika by Patanjali in his Mahabhasya.
vyāghrapādname of an ancient grammarian who is quoted in the Pratisakhya works and the Mahabhasya His grammar work was called dasaka' possibly on account of its consisting of 10 chapters; confer, compare माध्यन्दिनिर्वष्टि गुणं त्विगन्ते नपुसंके व्याघ्रपदां वरिष्ठ: KaS. on P.VII.194; confer, compare also दशक्रा वैयाघ्रपदीया: Kas, , on P.IV.2.65.
byāḍiname of an ancient grammarian with a sound scholarship in Vedic phonetics, accentuation,derivation of words and their interpretation. He is believed to have been a relative and contemporary of Panini and to have written a very scholarly vast volume on Sanskrit grammar named *Samgraha which is believed to have consisted of a lac of verses; confer, compare संग्रहो व्याडिकृतो लक्षसंख्ये ग्रन्थ: NageSa's Uddyota; confer, compare also इह पुरा पाणिनीये अस्मिन्व्याकरणे ब्याड्युपरचितं लक्षग्रन्थपरिमाणं निबन्धनमासीत् Vākyapadīya of Bhartṛhari. Tika. The work is not available at present. References to Vyadi or to his work are found in the Pratisakhya works, the Mahabhasya, the Varttikas, the Vakyapadiya and many subsequent treatises. A work on the Vyakarana Paribhasas, believed to have been written by Vyadi, is available by the name परिभाषासूचन which from its style and other peculiarities seems to have been written after the Varttikas, but before the Mahabhasya. Vyadi is well-known to have been the oldest exponent of the doctrine that words denote an individual object and not the genus. For details see pp. 136-8, Vol. 7 Vyakarana Mahabhasya DE. Society's Edition.
śabdakaustubhaa treatise on grammar, critically explaining and discuss ing the meaning of Panini's Sutras in the order of the author himselfeminine. the work is written by Bhattoji Diksita and is mainly based on the Mahabhasya.
śabdānuśāsanaliterally science of grammar dealing with the formation of words, their accents, and use in a sentence. The word is used in connection with standard works on grammar which are complete and self-sufficient in all the a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.mentioned features. Patanjali has begun his Mahabhasya with the words अथ शब्दानुशासनम् referring possibly to the vast number of Varttikas on the Sutras of Panini, and hence the term शब्दानुशासन according to him means a treatise on the science of grammar made up of the rules of Panini with the explanatory and critical varttikas written by Katyayana and other Varttikakaras.The word शब्दानुशासन later on, became synonymons with Vyakarana and it was given as a title to their treatises by later grammarians, or was applied to the authoritative treatise which introduced a system of grammar, similar to that of Panini. Hemacandra's famous treatise, named सिद्धहैमचन्द्र by the author,came to be known as हैमशब्दानुशासन. Similarly the works on grammar written by पाल्यकीर्तिशाकटायन and देवनन्दिन् were called शाकटायनशब्दानुशासन and जैनेन्द्र' शब्दानुशासन respectively.
śabdārthasaṃbandhathe connection between a word and its sense which is a permanently established one. According to grammarians,words, their sense and their connection, all the three, are established for ever: confer, compare सिद्धे शव्दार्थसंबन्ध P. I.1. . Varttika 1,and the Bhasya thereon सिद्ध शब्द: अर्थः संबन्धश्चेति | Later grammarians have described twelve kinds of शब्दार्थसंबन्ध viz. अभिधा,विवक्षा, तात्पर्य, प्रविभाग, व्यपेक्ष, सामर्थ्य अन्वय, एकार्थीभाव, दोषहान, गुणोपादान, अलंकारयेाग and रसावियोग: confer, compare Sringaraprakasa.I.
śākalaa word frequently used in the Mahabhasya for a grammatical operation or injunction ( विधि ) which forms a specific feature of the grammar of शाकल्य, viz. that the vowels इ, उ,ऋ, and लृ remain without phonetical combination and a shortening of them, if they are long;confer, compareइकोsसवर्णे शाकल्यस्य ह्रस्वश्च P.VI. 1. 127; शाकल्यस्य इदं शाकल्यम् ।; confer, compare also M.Bh. on P.VI.1.77 VI.1.125,VI. 1.27;VI.2.52, VII.3.3 and VIII. 2.108; (2) pupils of शाकल्य; confer, compare शाकल्यस्य छात्राः शाकलाः Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. IV.I.18;(3) a village in the Vahika district; confer, compare शाकलं नाम वाहीकग्राम: Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on IV.2.104 Vart. 3.
śivarāmendra( सरस्वती )a grammarian who wrote (1) a gloss on the sutras of Panini, (2) a commentary named सिद्धान्तरत्नाकर on the Siddhantakaumudi, and (3) a commentary on the Mahabhasya named Mahabhasyaprakasa.
śivasūtraname given to the fourteen small sutras giving the alphabet which Panini took as the basis of his grammar. The Sivasutras have got a well-known explanation in Verse, named नन्दिकेश्वरकारिका on which there is a commentary of the type of Bhasya by उपमन्यु. The origin of the Sivasutra given by the writer of the Karika is summed up in the stanza नृत्तावसाने नटराजराजो ननाद ढक्कां नवपञ्चवारम् । उद्धर्तुकामः सनकादिसिद्धानेतद् विमर्शे शिवसूत्रजालम् | Nand. 1.
ślokavārtikaVarttika or supplementary rule to Panini's rules laid down by scholars of grammar immediately after Panini, composed in verse form. These Slokavarttikas are quoted in the Mahabhasya at various places and supposed to have been current in the explanations of Panini's Astadhyayi in the days of Patanjali. The word is often used by later commentators.
śvobhūtivṛttia grammatical work of the type of a gloss on the Sutras of Panini written by an ancient grammarian श्वोभूति mentioned in the Mahabhasya; confer, compare स्तोष्याम्यहं पादिकमौदवाहिं ततः श्वेाभूते शातनीं पातनीं च Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I.1.57. Possibly the grammarian श्वोभूति is referred to in the word श्वोभूत in the verse.
saṃgṛhītaincluded; the word is often used in the Mahabhasya in connection with instances which are covered by a rule, if interpreted in a specific way: confer, compare अथ निमित्तेsभिसंबध्यमाने यत्तदस्य योगस्य मूर्धाभिषिक्तमुदाहरणं तदपि संगृहीतं भवति Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1. 57; confer, compare also एकार्थीभावे सामर्थ्ये समास एकः संगृहीतो भवति, Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. II. 1.1.
saṃnipātaparibhāṣāthe maxim or canvention that an operation which is based upon, or is caused or occasioned by, a relationship between two things cannot break their relation : in short, such an operation as results in breaking the relationship between two things on which it is based, cannot take placcusative case. This dictum is many times followed in grammar in Preventing the application of such rules as are likely to spoil the formation of the correct word; many times, however, this dictum has to be ignored; For details see Pari. Sek. Pari. 86; also| Mahabhasya on P. I. 1.39.
saṃprasāraṇaliterally extension; the process of changing a semi-vowel into a simple vowel of the same sthana or place of utterance; the substitution of the vowels इ, उ, ऋ and लृ for the semi-vowels य्, व् , र् and ल् respectively; cf इग्यणः संप्रसारणम् P. 1.1.45. The term संप्रसारण is rendered as a 'resultant vowel' or as 'an emergent vowel'. The ancient term was प्रसारण and possibly it referred to the extension of य् and व्, into their constituent parts इ +अ, उ+अ et cetera, and others the vowel अ being of a weak grade but becoming strong after the merging of the subseguent vowel into it exempli gratia, for example confer, compare सर्वत्र प्रसारणिभ्यो ड: P. III. 2.8 Vart.1. For the words taking this samprasarana change, see P. VI. 1 .13 to .19. According to some grammarians the term संप्रसारण is applied to the substituted vowels while according to others the term refers to the operation of the substitution: confer, compare Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). on P. I. 1.15. The substitution of the samprasarana vowel is to be given preference in the formation of a word; , confer, compare संप्रसारणं तदाश्रयं च कार्यं बलवत् Pari. Sek. Pari. 1 19. संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्व the relative superior strength of the samprasarana change in comparison with other operations occurring simultaneotisly. The phrase न वा संप्रसारणबलीयस्त्वात् is often used in the Mahabhasya which is based upon the dictum of the superior strength of the samprasarana substitution, which is announced by the writer of the Varttikas; P. VI. 1.17 Vart, 2. , See संप्रसारण.
saṇtaddhita affix. affix सण् prescribed after the word पर्शु in the sense of collection; e. g. पार्श्र्वम् : confer, compare पर्श्वा: सण् P,IV,2.43 Vart, 3 for which there is an alfernative reading पर्श्वा णस् वक्तव्यः; for facility of grammatical operations णस् is recommended with preference in the Mahabhasya , cf एवं तर्हि णस् वक्तव्य; M.Bh. on P. IV.2.43 Vart. 3; (2) सण् is given as a technical term for संयोग in the Pratisakhya works: confer, compare सयुक् सण् । संयुक्तं व्यञ्जनं संयोगसंज्ञं भवति R.T.27.
satsaptamīthe locative case prescribed by the rule यस्य च भावेन भावलक्षणम् P. II.3.37 as scen in गोषु दुह्यमानासु गतः; confer, compare लुकि इति नैषा परसप्तमी । का तर्हि । सत्सप्तमी । लुकि सति इति . M, Bh. on P.I.2.49 Vart. 2. On account of the frequent occurrence of the word सति in a large number of examples of this locative absolute, the term सतिसप्तमी is used by modern grammarians for the better word सत्सप्तमी in the Mahabhasya: confer, compare M.Bh. on P,VI.4.23 as also on P.VIII. 3.61...
sadāśiva-paṇḍitaa grammarian of the seventeenth century who has written a commentary on the Sutras of Panini and a brief commentary on the Mahabhasya called गूढार्थदीपिनी or गूढार्थदीपिका which is incomplete.
samavāya(I)combination as contrasted with व्यवाय disjunction or separation; (2) the enumeration of the letters of the alphabet in a particular order so as to facilitate their combination, technically termed प्रत्याहार; confer, compare वृतिसमवायार्थ उपदेशः । का पुनर्वृत्तिः l शास्त्रप्रवृत्तिः । अथ कः समवायः । वर्णानामानुपूर्व्येण संनिवेशः । Mahābhāṣya of Patañjali on the Sūtras of Pāṇini (Dr. Kielhorn's edition ). Ahnika l Vart. 15. confer, compare also समवायो वर्णगत: क्रमविशेषः । Mahābhāṣya-Pradīpoddyota by Nāgeśa.on the Bhasya mentioned a reference to some preceding word, not necessarily on the same page.; (3) contact; cf रक्तै रागः समवाये स्वराणाम् Ṛgvedaprātiśākhya by Śaunaka ( Sanskrit Sāhityapariṣad Edition, Calcutta.) XIV.24.
samāsaplacing together of two or more words so as to express a composite sense ;